SEPARATE ACCOUNT VA-P OF ALLMERICA FIN LIFE INSUR & ANNU CO
N-4, 1999-11-08
Previous: WINSLOEW FURNITURE INC, S-4, 1999-11-08
Next: CROFT-LEOMINSTER INC, 13F-HR, 1999-11-08



<PAGE>

                                                            File Nos. _________
                                                                       811-8848


                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            Washington, D.C. 20549

                                   FORM N-4

            REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                             Initial Registration

        REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940
                               Amendment No. 21

                           SEPARATE ACCOUNT VA-P OF
             ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY
                           (Exact Name of Registrant)

             ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY
                              (Name of Depositor)
                              440 Lincoln Street
                              Worcester, MA 01653
              (Address of Depositor's Principal Executive Offices)
                                (508) 855-1000
               (Depositor's Telephone Number, including Area Code)

                            Mary Eldridge, Secretary
              Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and Annuity Company
                               440 Lincoln Street
                               Worcester, MA 01653
                 (Name and Address of Agent for Service of Process)

         It is proposed that this filing will become effective:

         ___ immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485
         ___ on (date) pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485
         ___ 60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a) (1) of Rule 485
         ___ on (date) pursuant to paragraph (a) (1) of Rule 485
         ___ this post-effective amendment designates a new effective
             date for a previously filed post-effective amendment

VARIABLE ANNUITY POLICIES

Pursuant to Reg. Section 270.24f-2 of the Investment Company Act of 1940
("1940 Act"), Registrant hereby declares that an indefinite amount of its
securities is being registered under the Securities Act of 1933 ("1933 Act").
The Rule 24f-2 No filing fee is submitted as a filing fee is not required for
this type of filing. Registrant will file its notice pursuant to Rule 24f-2
for its fiscal year ending December 31, 1999 on or before March 1, 2000.

Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as
may be necessary to delay its effective date until Registrant shall file a
further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement
shall become effective in accordance with section 8(a) of the Securities Act
of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such
date or dates as the Commission, acting pursuant to said section 8(a), may
determine.

<PAGE>

Registrant is making this filing in order to register a new flexible payment
deferred variable annuity contract, which is the purpose of this initial
Registration Statement under the Securities Act of 1933 and amendment under
the Investment Company Act of 1940. Registrant does not intend this filing to
delete or amend any currently effective prospectus, statement of additional
information, or supplements thereto, contained in any other registration
statement of the Registrant under the Securities Act of 1933.


           CROSS REFERENCE SHEET SHOWING LOCATION IN PROSPECTUS OF
                       ITEMS CALLED FOR BY FORM N-4


FORM N-4 ITEM NO.                  CAPTION IN PROSPECTUS
- -----------------                  ---------------------

1..................................Cover Page

2..................................Special Terms

3..................................Summary of Fees and Expenses; Summary of
                                   Contract Features

4..................................Condensed Financial Information; Performance
                                   Information

5..................................Description of the Companies, the Variable
                                   Account, and Pioneer Variable Contracts Trust

6..................................Charges and Deductions

7..................................Description of the Contract -- the
                                   Accumulation Phase

8..................................Electing the Annuity Date; Description of
                                   Annuity Payout Options; Annuity Benefit
                                   Payments

9..................................Death Benefit

10.................................Payments; Computation of Values; Distribution

11.................................Surrender and Withdrawals, Withdrawals After
                                   the Annuity Date

12.................................Federal Tax Considerations

13.................................Legal Matters

14.................................Statement of Additional Information --
                                   Table of Contents

15.................................Cover Page

16.................................Table of Contents

17.................................General Information and History

<PAGE>

18.................................Services

19.................................Underwriters

20.................................Underwriters

21.................................Performance Information

22.................................Annuity Benefit Payments

23.................................Financial Statements

<PAGE>
                      ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY
                         FIRST ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                                     WORCESTER, MASSACHUSETTS

<TABLE>
<C>                      <S>
   PLEASE READ THIS      This Prospectus provides important information about the
 PROSPECTUS CAREFULLY    Pioneer ________ variable annuity contract issued by
 BEFORE INVESTING AND    Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and Annuity Company (in
  KEEP IT FOR FUTURE     all jurisdictions except New York) and by First Allmerica
      REFERENCE.         Financial Life Insurance Company (in New York). The contract
                         is a flexible payment tax-deferred combination variable and
                         fixed annuity offered on both a group and individual basis.
                         The Variable Account, known as Separate Account VA-P is
                         subdivided into Sub-Accounts, each investing exclusively in
                         shares of one of the following portfolios of Pioneer
                         Variable Contracts Trust:
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<C>                      <S>                                  <C>
   ANNUITIES INVOLVE     Emerging Markets Portfolio           Growth and Income Portfolio
    RISKS INCLUDING      Europe Portfolio                     Equity-Income Portfolio
   POSSIBLE LOSS OF      International Growth Portfolio       Balanced Portfolio
      PRINCIPAL.         Capital Growth Portfolio             Swiss Franc Bond Portfolio
                         Growth Shares Portfolio              Strategic Income Portfolio
                         Real Estate Growth Portfolio         America Income Portfolio
                                                              Money Market Portfolio
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<C>                      <S>
                         The Fixed Account is part of the Company's General Account
                         and pays an interest rate guaranteed for one year from the
                         time a payment is received. The Guarantee Period Accounts
                         offer fixed rates of interest for specified periods. A
                         Market Value Adjustment is applied to payments removed from
THIS ANNUITY IS          a Guarantee Period Account before the end of the specified
       NOT:              period. The Market Value Adjustment may be positive or
- - A BANK DEPOSIT OR      negative. Payments allocated to a Guarantee Period Account
  OBLIGATION;            are held in the Company's Separate Account GPA (except in
- - FEDERALLY INSURED;     California where they are allocated to the General Account).
- - ENDORSED BY ANY        A Statement of Additional Information dated ____, 1999
  BANK OR                containing more information about this annuity is on file
  GOVERNMENTAL           with the Securities and Exchange Commission and is
  AGENCY.                incorporated by reference into this Prospectus. A copy may
                         be obtained free of charge by calling Annuity Client
                         Services at 1-800-688-9915. The Table of Contents of the
                         Statement of Additional Information is listed on page 3 of
                         this Prospectus.

                         This Prospectus and the Statement of Additional Information
                         can also be obtained from the Securities and Exchange
                         Commission's website (http://www.sec.gov).

                         THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION HAS NOT APPROVED OR
                         DISAPPROVED THESE SECURITIES OR DETERMINED THAT THE
                         INFORMATION IS TRUTHFUL OR COMPLETE. ANY REPRESENTATION TO
                         THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

                                             DATED ________, 1999
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
SPECIAL TERMS...............................................         4
SUMMARY OF FEES AND EXPENSES................................         6
SUMMARY OF CONTRACT FEATURES................................         9
DESCRIPTION OF THE COMPANIES, THE VARIABLE ACCOUNTS, AND
 PIONEER VARIABLE CONTRACTS TRUST...........................        13
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES..........................        14
INVESTMENT ADVISORY SERVICES................................        15
DESCRIPTION OF THE CONTRACT -- THE ACCUMULATION PHASE.......        16
  A.   Payments.............................................        16
  B.   Computation of Values................................        16
        The Accumulation Unit...............................        17
        Net Investment Factor...............................        17
  C.   Right to Cancel......................................        17
  D.   Transfer Privilege...................................        18
        Automatic Transfers (Dollar Cost Averaging).........        18
        Automatic Account Rebalancing.......................        19
  E.   Surrender and Withdrawals............................        19
        Systematic Withdrawals..............................        20
        Life Expectancy Distributions.......................        20
  F.   Death Benefit........................................        21
        Standard Death Benefit..............................        21
        Optional Enhanced Death Benefit Rider...............        21
        Payment of the Death Benefit Prior to the Annuity
        Date................................................        22
  G.   The Spouse of the Owner as Beneficiary...............        22
  H.   Assignment...........................................        23
ANNUITIZATION -- THE PAYOUT PHASE...........................        23
  A.   Electing the Annuity Date............................        23
  B.   Choosing the Annuity Payout Option...................        24
        Fixed Annuity Payout Options........................        24
        Variable Annuity Payout Options.....................        24
  C.   Description of Annuity Payout Options................        25
  D.   Variable Annuity Benefit Payments....................        26
        The Annuity Unit....................................        26
        Determination of the First Annuity Benefit
        Payment.............................................        26
        Determination of the Number of Annuity Units........        26
        Dollar Amount of Subsequent Variable Annuity Benefit
        Payments............................................        26
        Payment of Annuity Benefit Payments.................        27
  E.   Transfers of Annuity Units...........................        27
  F.   Withdrawals after the Annuity Date...................        27
        Calculation of Proportionate Reduction..............        28
        Calculation of Present Value........................        29
        Deferral of Withdrawals.............................        30
  G.   Reversal of Annuitization............................        30
  H.   NORRIS Decision......................................        31
CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS......................................        31
  A.   Variable Account Deductions..........................        31
        Mortality and Expense Risk Charge...................        31
        Administrative Expense Charge.......................        32
        Other Charges.......................................        32
  B.   Contract Fee.........................................        32
  C.   Optional Rider Charge................................        32
</TABLE>

                                       2
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
  D.   Premium Taxes........................................        33
  E.   Transfer Charge......................................        33
GUARANTEE PERIOD ACCOUNTS...................................        33
FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS..................................        36
  A.   General..............................................        36
        The Company.........................................        36
        Diversification Requirements........................        36
        Investor Control....................................        36
  B.   Qualified and Non-Qualified Contracts................        36
  C.   Taxation of the Contract in General..................        37
        Withdrawals Prior to Annuitization..................        37
        Withdrawals After Annuitization.....................        37
        Annuity Payouts After Annuitization.................        37
        Penalty on Distribution.............................        37
        Assignments or Transfers............................        38
        Nonnatural Owners...................................        38
        Deferred Compensation Plans of State and Local
        Government and Tax-Exempt Organizations.............        38
  D.   Tax Withholding......................................        38
  E.   Individual Retirement Annuities......................        39
STATEMENTS AND REPORTS......................................        39
ADDITION, DELETION OR SUBSTITUTION OF INVESTMENTS...........        39
CHANGES TO COMPLY WITH LAW AND AMENDMENTS...................        40
VOTING RIGHTS...............................................        40
DISTRIBUTION................................................        41
LEGAL MATTERS...............................................        41
YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE........................................        41
FURTHER INFORMATION.........................................        42
APPENDIX A -- MORE INFORMATION ABOUT THE FIXED ACCOUNT......       A-1
APPENDIX B -- PERFORMANCE INFORMATION.......................       B-1
APPENDIX C -- THE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT...................       C-1
APPENDIX D -- CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION...............       D-1
APPENDIX E -- EXAMPLES OF PRESENT VALUE WITHDRAWALS AND
 PAYMENT WITHDRAWALS........................................       E-1

                 STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
                          TABLE OF CONTENTS
GENERAL INFORMATION AND HISTORY.............................
TAXATION OF THE CONTRACT, THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT AND THE
 COMPANY....................................................
SERVICES....................................................
UNDERWRITERS................................................
ANNUITY BENEFIT PAYMENTS....................................
PERFORMANCE INFORMATION.....................................
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS........................................
</TABLE>

                                       3
<PAGE>
                                 SPECIAL TERMS

ACCUMULATED VALUE the total dollar amount of all values in the Sub-Accounts, the
Fixed Account and the Guarantee Period Accounts credited to the Contract on any
day before the Annuity Date.

ACCUMULATION UNIT a measure used to calculate the value of a Sub-Account before
annuity benefit payments begin.

ANNUITANT the person designated in the Contract whose life is used to determine
the duration of annuity benefit payments involving a life contingency. Joint
Annuitants are permitted and, unless otherwise indicated, any reference to
Annuitant shall include Joint Annuitants.

ANNUITY BENEFIT PAYMENT CHANGE FREQUENCY the frequency (monthly, quarterly,
semi-annually or annually) that changes due to investment performance will be
reflected in the dollar value of an annuity benefit payment under a variable
annuity payout option.

ANNUITY DATE the date specified in the Contract or a date elected later by the
Owner to begin annuity benefit payments. This date must be at least one year
after the Issue Date and may not be later than the Owner's (or youngest Joint
Owner's) 99th birthday.

ANNUITY UNIT a measure used to calculate annuity benefit payments under a
variable payout option.

ANNUITY VALUE the value of the amount applied under an annuity payout option.

COMPANY unless otherwise specified, any reference to the "Company" shall refer
exclusively to either Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and Annuity Company or
First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company.

CONTRACT YEAR a period of twelve consecutive months starting on the Contract's
issue date or on any anniversary of the Issue Date.

FIXED ACCOUNT an investment option under the Contract that guarantees principal
and a fixed minimum interest rate and which is part of the Company's General
Account.

FIXED ANNUITY PAYOUT an annuity payout option with annuity benefit payments that
are fixed in amount and guaranteed throughout the annuity benefit payment
period.

GENERAL ACCOUNT all the assets of the Company other than those held in a
separate account.

GUARANTEE PERIOD the number of years that a Guaranteed Interest Rate is
credited.

GUARANTEE PERIOD ACCOUNT an account that corresponds to a Guaranteed Interest
Rate for a specified Guarantee Period.

GUARANTEED INTEREST RATE the annual effective rate of interest, after daily
compounding, credited to a Guarantee Period Account.

ISSUE DATE the date the Contract is issued and the date that is used to
determine Contract days, Contract months, Contract years and Contract
anniversaries.

MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT a positive or negative adjustment assessed if any
portion of a Guarantee Period Account is withdrawn or transferred prior to the
end of its Guarantee Period.

                                       4
<PAGE>
OWNER (YOU) the person, persons (Joint Owners) or entity entitled to exercise
the rights and privileges under this Contract. Unless otherwise indicated, any
reference to Owner shall include Joint Owners.

SUB-ACCOUNT a subdivision of the Variable Account investing exclusively in the
shares of a corresponding portfolio of the Pioneer Variable Contracts Trust.

SURRENDER VALUE the Accumulated Value of the Contract on full surrender after
application of any applicable Contract fee, rider charges and Market Value
Adjustment.

UNDERLYING PORTFOLIO (OR PORTFOLIOS) an investment portfolio of Pioneer Variable
Contracts Trust in which a Sub-Account invests.

VALUATION DATE a day on which the unit values of the Sub-Accounts are
determined. Valuation Dates currently occur on each day on which the New York
Stock Exchange is open for trading, and on such other days (other than a day
during which no payment, withdrawal or surrender of a Contract was received)
when there is a sufficient degree of trading in an Underlying Portfolio's
portfolio securities such that the current unit value of the Sub-Accounts may be
affected materially.

VARIABLE ACCOUNT Separate Account VA-P, one of the Company's separate accounts,
consisting of assets segregated from other assets of the Company. The investment
performance of the assets of the Variable Account is determined separately from
the other assets of the Company and the assets are not chargeable with
liabilities arising out of any other business which the Company may conduct.

VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYOUT an annuity payout option providing for payments varying
in amount in accordance with the investment experience of the Underlying
Portfolios.

                                       5
<PAGE>
                          SUMMARY OF FEES AND EXPENSES

There are certain fees and expenses that you will incur directly or indirectly
under the Pioneer ________ Contract. The purpose of the following tables is to
help you understand these various charges. The tables show (1) charges under the
Contract, (2) annual expenses of the Sub-Accounts, and (3) annual expenses of
the Portfolios during the accumulation phase. In addition to the charges and
expenses described below, premium taxes are applicable in some states and are
deducted as described under "D. Premium Taxes."

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                CHARGE
(1) CONTRACT CHARGES:                                           ------
<S>                                                             <C>
                                                                 None
TRANSFER CHARGE:
  The Company currently does not charge for processing
  transfers and guarantees that the first 12 transfers in a
  Contract year will not be subject to a transfer charge.
  For each subsequent transfer, the Company reserves the
  right to assess a charge, guaranteed never to exceed $25,
  to reimburse the Company for the costs of processing the
  transfer.

ANNUAL CONTRACT FEE:                                            $35*
  The fee is deducted annually and upon surrender prior to
  the Annuity Date when Accumulated Value is less than
  $75,000.

OPTIONAL RIDER CHARGE:
  If the Enhanced Death Benefit Rider is elected, 1/12th of
  the annual charge will be deducted pro rata on a monthly
  basis at the end of each Contract month and at termination
  of the Rider. The charge for this Rider on an annual basis
  as a percentage of Accumulated Value is:
    5% Enhanced Death Benefit Rider With Annual Step-up:        0.25%
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                                             <C>
(2) ANNUAL SUB-ACCOUNT EXPENSES:
(on an annual basis as a percentage of average daily net
assets)
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge:                              0.50%
Administrative Expense Charge:                                  0.15%
                                                                ------
Total Annual Expenses:                                          0.65%
</TABLE>

* The fee may be lower in some jurisdictions. See Contract Specifications for
specific charge.

                                       6
<PAGE>
(3) ANNUAL UNDERLYING PORTFOLIO EXPENSES:  The following table shows the
expenses of the Underlying Portfolios as a percentage of average daily net
assets for the year ended December 31, 1998. For more information concerning
fees and expenses, see the prospectuses for the Underlying Portfolios.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               OTHER EXPENSES      TOTAL PORTFOLIO
                                            MANAGEMENT FEE       (AFTER ANY      EXPENSES (AFTER ANY
                                              (AFTER ANY       REIMBURSEMENTS   WAIVERS/REIMBURSEMENTS
UNDERLYING PORTFOLIO                      VOLUNTARY WAIVERS)    AND OFFSETS)         AND OFFSETS)
- --------------------                      ------------------   --------------   ----------------------
<S>                                       <C>                  <C>              <C>
Emerging Markets Portfolio(1)...........        0.00%              1.75%           1.75%(4)
Europe Portfolio(1).....................        0.00%              1.50%           1.50%(4)
International Growth Portfolio..........        0.96%              0.47%           1.43%(3)(4)
Capital Growth Portfolio................        0.65%              0.09%           0.74%
Growth Shares Portfolio.................        0.61%              0.27%           0.88%(4)
Real Estate Growth Portfolio............        0.98%              0.21%           1.19%(4)
Growth and Income Portfolio.............        0.64%              0.22%           0.86%(4)
Equity-Income Portfolio.................        0.65%              0.06%           0.71%
Balanced Portfolio......................        0.65%              0.15%           0.80%
Swiss Franc Bond Portfolio..............        0.65%              0.25%           0.90%(3)(4)
Strategic Income Portfolio(2)...........        0.65%              0.60%           1.25%(4)
America Income Portfolio................        0.55%              0.38%           0.93%(3)(4)
Money Market Portfolio..................        0.45%              0.47%           0.92%(4)
</TABLE>

(1)Portfolios commenced operations on October 30, 1998; therefore expenses shown
are annualized.

(2)This Portfolio commenced operations on July 29, 1999; therefore expenses
shown are estimated.

(3)Total expenses are net of amounts paid in connection with certain expense
offset arrangements. Assuming no reduction for expense offset arrangements (but
including fee waivers noted in footnote 4 below), total operating expenses for
the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998, would have been 1.44% for International
Growth Portfolio, 0.91% for Swiss Franc Bond Portfolio and 0.94% for America
Income Portfolio.

(4)No waiver of management fees or reimbursement of other expenses affected
Capital Growth Portfolio, Equity-Income Portfolio and Balanced Portfolio. For
the fiscal year ended December 31, 1998, assuming no waiver of management fees
and no expense offset arrangements, Portfolio expenses as a percentage of the
average daily net assets were 104.83% for Emerging Markets Portfolio, 1.47% for
International Growth Portfolio, 16.56% for Europe Portfolio, 0.92% for Growth
Shares Portfolio, 1.20% for Real Estate Growth Portfolio, 0.87% for Growth and
Income Portfolio, 0.91% for Swiss Franc Bond Portfolio; 0.94% for America Income
Portfolio and 0.97% for Money Market Portfolio. Effective April 1, 1999, Pioneer
Investment Management, Inc. ("Pioneer") has agreed to waive a portion of its
management fee to the extent required to reduce the fee from 1.00% to 0.80% of
the Real Estate Growth Portfolio's average daily net assets.

Pioneer is the investment adviser to each Portfolio. As of May 1, 1999, Pioneer
has agreed voluntarily to limit its management fee and/or reimburse each
Portfolio for expenses to the extent that total expenses will not exceed 1.75%
for the Emerging Markets Portfolio; 1.50% for the Europe Portfolio and the
International Growth Portfolio; 1.25% for the Growth Shares Portfolio, the Real
Estate Growth Portfolio, the Growth and Income Portfolio, the Swiss Franc Bond
Portfolio, the Strategic Income Portfolio and the America Income Portfolio and
1.00% for the Money Market Portfolio. The declaration of a voluntary limitation
and/or reimbursement in any year does not bind the Manager to declare future
expense limitations with respect to these funds. These limitations/waivers may
be terminated at any time with notice.

The Underlying Portfolio information above was provided by the Underlying
Portfolios and was not independently verified by the Company.

                                       7
<PAGE>
EXPENSE EXAMPLES: The following examples demonstrate the cumulative expenses
which an Owner would pay at 1-year, 3-year, 5-year and 10-year intervals under
certain contingencies. Each example assumes a $1,000 investment in a Sub-Account
and a 5% annual return on assets. As required by rules of the Securities and
Exchange Commission ("SEC"), the Contract fee is reflected in the examples by a
method designed to show the average impact on an investment in the Variable
Account. The total Contract fees collected are divided by the total average net
assets attributable to the Contracts. The resulting percentage is 0.04%, and the
amount of the Contract fee is assumed to be $0.40 in the examples. The Contract
fee is only deducted when the Accumulated Value is less than $75,000. Because
the expenses of the Underlying Portfolios differ, separate examples are used to
illustrate the expenses incurred by an Owner on an investment in the various
Sub-Accounts.

THESE EXAMPLES SHOULD NOT BE CONSIDERED A REPRESENTATION OF PAST OR FUTURE
EXPENSES. ACTUAL EXPENSES MAY BE GREATER OR LESSER THAN THOSE SHOWN.

(1) At the end of the applicable time period, you would have paid the following
expenses on a $1,000 investment, assuming a 5% annual return on assets, and no
Riders.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PORTFOLIO                                                     1 YEAR    3 YEARS    5 YEARS    10 YEARS
- ---------                                                    --------   --------   --------   --------
<S>                                                          <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Emerging Markets...........................................    $24        $75        $128       $274
Europe.....................................................    $22        $68        $116       $249
International Growth.......................................    $21        $65        $112       $242
Capital Growth.............................................    $14        $44        $ 77       $168
Growth Shares..............................................    $16        $49        $ 84       $184
Real Estate Growth.........................................    $19        $58        $100       $217
Growth and Income..........................................    $16        $48        $ 83       $181
Equity-Income..............................................    $14        $44        $ 75       $165
Balanced...................................................    $15        $46        $ 80       $175
Swiss Franc Bond...........................................    $16        $49        $ 85       $186
Strategic Income...........................................    $19        $60        $103       $223
America Income.............................................    $16        $50        $ 87       $189
Money Market...............................................    $16        $50        $ 86       $188
</TABLE>

(2) At the end of the applicable time period, you would have paid the following
expenses on a $1,000 investment, assuming an annual 5% return on assets and
election at issue of the 5% Enhanced Death Benefit Rider With Annual Step-Up.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PORTFOLIO                                                     1 YEAR    3 YEARS    5 YEARS    10 YEARS
- ---------                                                    --------   --------   --------   --------
<S>                                                          <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Emerging Markets...........................................    $27        $83        $141       $299
Europe.....................................................    $24        $75        $128       $274
International Growth.......................................    $24        $73        $125       $267
Capital Growth.............................................    $17        $52        $ 90       $195
Growth Shares..............................................    $18        $56        $ 97       $210
Real Estate Growth.........................................    $21        $66        $113       $243
Growth and Income..........................................    $18        $56        $ 96       $208
Equity-Income..............................................    $17        $51        $ 88       $192
Balanced...................................................    $17        $54        $ 93       $202
Swiss Franc Bond...........................................    $18        $57        $ 98       $212
Strategic Income...........................................    $22        $68        $116       $249
America Income.............................................    $19        $58        $100       $216
Money Market...............................................    $19        $58        $ 99       $215
</TABLE>

                                       8
<PAGE>
                          SUMMARY OF CONTRACT FEATURES

WHAT IS THE PIONEER ____________VARIABLE ANNUITY?

The Pioneer _________ variable annuity contract ("Contract") is an insurance
contract designed to help you, the Owner, accumulate assets for your retirement
or other important financial goals on a tax-deferred basis. The Contract may be
purchased up to age 90 of the oldest Owner or, if the Owner is not a natural
person, the oldest Annuitant. The Contract combines the concept of professional
money management with the attributes of an annuity contract. Features available
through the Contract include:

    - a customized investment portfolio;

    - experienced professional investment advisers;

    - tax deferral on earnings;

    - guarantees that can protect your family;

    - withdrawals during the accumulation and annuitization phases;

    - income that you can receive for life.

WHAT HAPPENS IN THE ACCUMULATION PHASE?

The Contract has two phases: an accumulation phase and, if you choose to
annuitize, an annuity payout phase (described below). During the accumulation
phase, you may allocate your initial payment and any additional payments to the
combination of portfolios of securities ("Underlying Portfolios") under your
Contract, to the Guarantee Period Accounts, and to the Fixed Account. You select
the investment options most appropriate for your investment needs. As those
needs change, you may also change your allocation without incurring any tax
consequences. Your Contract's Accumulated Value is based on the investment
performance of the Underlying Portfolios and any accumulations in the Guarantee
Period Accounts and the Fixed Account. Generally, you do not pay taxes on any
earnings under the Contract until you withdraw money. In addition, during the
accumulation phase, your beneficiaries receive certain protections in the event
of your death. See discussion below under WHAT HAPPENS UPON MY DEATH DURING THE
ACCUMULATION PHASE?

WHAT HAPPENS UPON MY DEATH DURING THE ACCUMULATION PHASE?

If you or a Joint Owner dies before the Annuity Date, a standard death benefit
will be paid to the beneficiary. (No death benefit is payable at the death of
any Annuitant except when the Owner is not a natural person.) An optional
Enhanced Death Benefit Rider is also available at issue for a separate monthly
charge. See "F. Death Benefit" under DESCRIPTION OF THE CONTRACT -- THE
ACCUMULATION PHASE.

WHAT HAPPENS IN THE ANNUITY PAYOUT PHASE?

During the annuity payout phase, you, or the payee you designate, can receive
income based on one of the numerous annuity payout options available under the
Contract. You choose:

    - the annuity payout option;

    - the date annuity benefit payments begin but no earlier than 1 year after
      the Issue Date; and

    - whether you want variable annuity benefit payments based on the investment
      performance of the Underlying Portfolios, fixed-amount annuity benefit
      payments with payment amounts guaranteed by the Company, or a combination
      of fixed-amount and variable annuity benefit payments.

You may also take withdrawals during the annuity payout phase. The type of
withdrawal and the number of withdrawals that may be made each calendar year
depend upon whether the Owner annuitizes under an

                                       9
<PAGE>
annuity payout option with payments based on the life of one or more Annuitants
with no guaranteed payments (a "Life" annuity payout option), under a life
annuity payout option that in part provides for a guaranteed number of payments
(a "Life With Period Certain" or "Life With Cash Back" annuity payout option),
or an annuity payout option based on a guaranteed number of payments (a "Period
Certain" annuity payout option). Under a Life annuity payout option, the Owner
may make one Payment Withdrawal each calendar year. Under a Life with Period
Certain or Life with Cash Back annuity payout option, the Owner may make one
Payment Withdrawal and one Present Value Withdrawal in each calendar year. Under
a Period Certain annuity payout option, the Owner may make multiple Present
Value Withdrawals each calendar year. For more information, see "F. Withdrawals
After the Annuity Date" under ANNUITIZATION -- THE PAYOUT PHASE. In addition, if
you choose a variable option, you may transfer among the available Sub-
Accounts.

WHO ARE THE KEY PERSONS UNDER THE CONTRACT?

The Contract is between you, (the "Owner"), and us, Allmerica Financial Life
Insurance and Annuity Company (for contracts issued in all jurisdictions except
New York) and First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company (in New York).
Each Contract has an Owner (or an Owner and a Joint Owner), an Annuitant (or an
Annuitant and a Joint Annuitant) and one or more beneficiaries. As Owner, you
may:

    - make payments

    - choose investment allocations

    - choose annuity payout options

    - receive annuity benefit payments (or designate someone else to receive
      annuity benefit payments)

    - select the Annuitant and beneficiary.

The Annuitant is the person whose life is used to determine the duration of
annuity benefit payments involving a life contingency. There must be at least
one Annuitant at all times. If an Annuitant dies and a replacement is not named,
the Owner will become the new Annuitant. The beneficiary is the person(s) or
entity entitled to the death benefit at the death of a sole Owner prior to the
Annuity Date. In the case of the death of a Joint Owner, the surviving Joint
Owner will receive the death benefit. Under certain circumstances, the
beneficiary may be entitled to annuity benefit payments upon the death of an
Owner on or after the Annuity Date.

HOW MUCH CAN I INVEST AND HOW OFTEN?

During the Accumulation Phase, you may make additional payments. Total payments
under the Contract can exceed $5,000,000 only with the Company's prior approval.
The number and frequency of your payments are flexible, subject only to a
$50,000 minimum for your initial payment and a $50 minimum for any additional
payments. A minimum of $1,000 is always required to establish a Guarantee Period
Account.

                                       10
<PAGE>
WHAT ARE MY INVESTMENT CHOICES?

You may choose among Sub-Accounts investing in the Underlying Portfolios, the
Guarantee Period Accounts, and the Fixed Account. The Funds are:

THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT.  You have the choice of Sub-Accounts investing in the
following thirteen Underlying Portfolios:

<TABLE>
<S>                                  <C>
Emerging Markets Portfolio           Equity-Income Portfolio
Europe Portfolio                     Balanced Portfolio
International Growth Portfolio       Swiss Franc Bond Portfolio
Capital Growth Portfolio             Strategic Income Portfolio
Growth Shares Portfolio              America Income Portfolio
Real Estate Growth Portfolio         Money Market Portfolio
Growth and Income Portfolio
</TABLE>

FOR A MORE DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE UNDERLYING PORTFOLIOS, SEE INVESTMENT
OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES.

Each Underlying Portfolio operates pursuant to different investment objectives
and this range of investment options enables you to allocate your money among
the Underlying Portfolios to meet your particular investment needs.

GUARANTEE PERIOD ACCOUNTS.  Assets supporting the guarantees under the Guarantee
Period Accounts are held in the Company's Separate Account GPA, a non-unitized
insulated separate account (except in California, where assets are held in the
Company's General Account). Values and benefits calculated on the basis of
Guarantee Period Account allocations, however, are obligations of the Company's
General Account. Amounts allocated to a Guarantee Period Account earn a
Guaranteed Interest Rate declared by the Company. The level of the Guaranteed
Interest Rate depends on the number of years of the Guarantee Period selected.
The Company may offer up to nine Guarantee Periods ranging from two to ten years
in duration. Once declared, the Guaranteed Interest Rate will not change during
the duration of the Guarantee Period.

If amounts allocated to a Guarantee Period Account are transferred, surrendered
or applied to any annuity option at any time other than the day following the
last day of the applicable Guarantee Period, a Market Value Adjustment will
apply that may increase or decrease the value. However, this adjustment will
never be applied against your principal. In addition, earnings in the GPA AFTER
application of the Market Value Adjustment will not be less than an effective
annual rate of 3%. For more information about the Guarantee Period Accounts and
the Market Value Adjustment, see GUARANTEE PERIOD ACCOUNTS.

THE GUARANTEE PERIOD ACCOUNTS ARE NOT AVAILABLE IN ALL STATES AND ARE NOT
OFFERED AFTER ANNUITIZATION.

FIXED ACCOUNT.  The Fixed Account is part of the General Account, which consists
of all the Company's assets other than those allocated to the Variable Account
and any other separate account. Allocations to the Fixed Account are guaranteed
as to principal and a minimum rate of interest. Additional excess interest may
be declared periodically at the Company's discretion. The initial rate in effect
on the date an amount is allocated to the Fixed Account will be guaranteed for
one year from that date. For more information about the Fixed Account, see
APPENDIX A -- MORE INFORMATION ABOUT THE FIXED ACCOUNT.

WHO IS THE INVESTMENT ADVISER?

Pioneer Investment Management, Inc. ("Pioneer") is the investment adviser to
each Portfolio. Pioneer also provides investment research and portfolio
management services to a number of other retail mutual funds and certain
institutional clients. As of December 31, 1998, Pioneer advised mutual funds
with a total value of over

                                       11
<PAGE>
$22 billion, which includes more than 1,000,000 U.S. shareholder accounts and
other institutional accounts. Pioneer is a wholly owned subsidiary of The
Pioneer Group, Inc. ("PGI"). PGI, established in 1928, is one of America's
oldest investment managers and has its principal place of business at 60 State
Street, Boston, Massachusetts.

CAN I MAKE TRANSFERS AMONG THE SUB-ACCOUNTS?

Yes. Prior to the Annuity Date, you may transfer among the Sub-Accounts
investing in the Underlying Portfolios, the Guarantee Period Accounts, and the
Fixed Account. On and after the Annuity Date, if you have elected a variable
option, you may transfer only among the Sub-Accounts. You will incur no current
taxes on transfers while your money remains in the Contract. See "D. Transfer
Privilege" under DESCRIPTION OF THE CONTRACT -- THE ACCUMULATION PHASE.

The first 12 transfers in a Contract year are guaranteed to be free of a
transfer charge. For each subsequent transfer in a Contract year, the Company
does not currently charge but reserves the right to assess a processing charge
guaranteed never to exceed $25.

If you authorize automatic periodic transfers (under an Automatic Transfers
program (Dollar Cost Averaging), or Automatic Account Rebalancing program) the
first automatic transfer of rebalancing under a request counts as one transfer
for purposes of the 12 transfers guaranteed to be free of a transfer charge in
each Contract year. Each subsequent transfer or rebalancing under that request
is without charge and does not reduce the remaining number of transfers which
may be made free of charge in that Contract year.

WHAT IF I NEED MY MONEY BEFORE THE ANNUITY PAYOUT PHASE BEGINS?

Before the annuity payout phase begins, you may surrender your Contract or make
withdrawals at any time. A Market Value Adjustment will apply to withdrawals
from a Guarantee Period Account prior to the expiration of the Guarantee Period.
A 10% tax penalty may apply on all amounts deemed to be earnings if you are
under age 59 1/2.

CAN I EXAMINE THE CONTRACT?

Yes. Your Contract will be delivered to you after your purchase. If you return
the Contract to the Company within ten days of receipt, the Contract will be
cancelled. There may be a longer period in certain jurisdictions; see the "Right
to Examine" provision on the cover of your Contract.

If you cancel the Contract, you will receive the Contract's Accumulated Value
adjusted for any Market Value Adjustment for amounts allocated to a Guarantee
Period Account plus any fees or charges that may have been deducted. However, if
required in your state or if the Contract was issued as an Individual Retirement
Annuity (IRA), you will generally receive a refund of your gross payment(s). In
certain jurisdictions this refund may be the greater of (1) your gross
payment(s) or (2) the Accumulated Value adjusted for any Market Value
Adjustment, plus any fees or charges previously deducted. See "C. Right to
Cancel" under DESCRIPTION OF THE CONTRACT -- THE ACCUMULATION PHASE.

CAN I MAKE FUTURE CHANGES UNDER MY CONTRACT?

You can make several changes after receiving your Contract:

    - You may assign your ownership to someone else, except under qualified
      plans.

    - You may change the beneficiary, unless you have designated an irrevocable
      beneficiary.

    - You may change your allocation of payments.

    - You may make transfers among the Sub-Accounts without any tax
      consequences.

    - You may cancel your Contract within ten days of delivery (or longer if
      required by state law).

                                       12
<PAGE>
              DESCRIPTION OF THE COMPANIES, THE VARIABLE ACCOUNTS,
                    AND THE PIONEER VARIABLE CONTRACTS TRUST

THE COMPANIES.  Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and Annuity Company
("Allmerica Financial") is a life insurance company organized under the laws of
Delaware in July 1974. Its Principal Office is located at 440 Lincoln Street,
Worcester, MA 01653, Telephone 508-855-1000. Allmerica Financial is subject to
the laws of the state of Delaware governing insurance companies and to
regulation by the Commissioner of Insurance of Delaware. In addition, Allmerica
Financial is subject to the insurance laws and regulations of other states and
jurisdictions in which it is licensed to operate. As of December 31, 1998,
Allmerica Financial had over $14 billion in assets and over $26 billion of life
insurance in force.

Effective October 1, 1995, Allmerica Financial changed its name from SMA Life
Assurance Company to Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and Annuity Company.
Allmerica Financial is a wholly owned subsidiary of First Allmerica Financial
Life Insurance Company ("First Allmerica") which, in turn, is a wholly owned
subsidiary of Allmerica Financial Corporation ("AFC").

First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company, organized under the laws of
Massachusetts in 1844, is among the five oldest life insurance companies in
America. As of December 31, 1998, First Allmerica and its subsidiaries had over
$27 billion in combined assets and over $48 billion of life insurance in force.
Effective October 16, 1995, First Allmerica converted from a mutual life
insurance company known as State Mutual Life Assurance Company of America to a
stock life insurance company and adopted its present name. First Allmerica is a
wholly owned subsidiary of AFC. First Allmerica's principal office ("Principal
Office") is located at 440 Lincoln Street, Worcester, MA 01653, telephone
508-855-1000.

First Allmerica is subject to the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts
governing insurance companies and to regulation by the Commissioner of Insurance
of Massachusetts. In addition, First Allmerica is subject to the insurance laws
and regulations of other states and jurisdictions in which it is licensed to
operate.

Both companies are charter members of the Insurance Marketplace Standards
Association ("IMSA"). Companies that belong to IMSA subscribe to a rigorous set
of standards that cover the various aspects of sales and service for
individually sold life insurance and annuities. IMSA members have adopted
policies and procedures that demonstrate a commitment to honesty, fairness and
integrity in all customer contacts involving sales and service of individual
life insurance and annuity products.

THE VARIABLE ACCOUNTS.  Each Company maintains a separate account called
Separate Account VA-P (the "Variable Account"). The Variable Account was
authorized by vote of the Board of Directors of the Company on October 27, 1994.
The Variable Account is registered with the SEC as a unit investment trust under
the Investment Company Act of 1940 ("the 1940 Act"). This registration does not
involve the supervision or management of investment practices or policies of the
Variable Account or the Company by the SEC.

The Variable Account is a separate investment account of the Company with
thirteen Sub-Accounts. The assets used to fund the variable portions of the
Contract are set aside in the Sub-Accounts of the Variable Account, and are kept
separate from the general assets of the Company. Each Sub-Account is
administered and accounted for as part of the general business of the Company.
The income, capital gains or capital losses of each Sub-Account, however, are
allocated to each Sub-Account, without regard to any other income, capital gains
or capital losses of the Company. Obligations under the Contract are obligations
of the Company. Under Delaware law, the assets of the Variable Account may not
be charged with any liabilities arising out of any other business of the
Company.

The Company reserves the right, subject to compliance with applicable law, to
change the names of the Variable Account and the Sub-Accounts. The Company may
offer other variable annuity contracts investing in the Variable Account which
are not discussed in this Prospectus. The Variable Account also may invest in
other underlying portfolios which are not available to the Contracts described
in this Prospectus.

                                       13
<PAGE>
PIONEER VARIABLE CONTRACTS TRUST.  Pioneer Variable Contracts Trust (the "Fund")
is an open-end, management investment company registered with the SEC under the
1940 Act. Such registration does not involve supervision by the SEC of the
investments or investment policy of the Fund or its separate investment
Portfolios. Pioneer Investment Management, Inc. ("Pioneer") is the investment
adviser to each Portfolio.

The Fund was established to provide an investment vehicle for assets of various
separate accounts supporting variable insurance policies. The Fund currently has
thirteen investment portfolios ("Underlying Portfolios"), each issuing a
separate series of shares: Emerging Markets Portfolio, Europe Portfolio,
International Growth Portfolio, Capital Growth Portfolio, Growth Shares
Portfolio, Real Estate Growth Portfolio, Growth and Income Portfolio,
Equity-Income Portfolio, Balanced Portfolio, Swiss Franc Bond Portfolio,
Strategic Income Portfolio, America Income Portfolio and Money Market Portfolio.
The assets of each Portfolio are held separately from the assets of the other
Portfolios. Each Portfolio operates as a separate investment vehicle, and the
income or losses of one Portfolio have no effect on the investment performance
of another Portfolio. Shares of the Fund may be sold directly to separate
accounts established and maintained by insurance companies for the purpose of
funding variable contracts and to certain qualified pension and retirement
plans.

                       INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES

A summary of investment objectives of each of the Underlying Portfolios is set
forth below. MORE DETAILED INFORMATION REGARDING THE INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES,
RESTRICTIONS AND RISKS, EXPENSES PAID BY THE UNDERLYING PORTFOLIOS, AND OTHER
RELEVANT INFORMATION REGARDING THE UNDERLYING PORTFOLIOS MAY BE FOUND IN THE
PROSPECTUSES FOR THE FUND, WHICH ACCOMPANIES THIS PROSPECTUS. PLEASE READ THEM
CAREFULLY BEFORE INVESTING. The Statements of Additional Information ("SAI") of
the Underlying Portfolios are available upon request.

EMERGING MARKETS PORTFOLIO -- seeks long-term growth of capital. The Portfolio
invests primarily in securities of issuers in countries with emerging economies
or securities markets and related depository receipts.

EUROPE PORTFOLIO -- seeks long-term growth of capital. The Portfolio invests in
a diversified portfolio consisting primarily of securities of European companies
and in depository receipts for such securities.

INTERNATIONAL GROWTH PORTFOLIO -- seeks long-term growth of capital primarily
through investments in non-U.S. equity securities and related depository
receipts.

CAPITAL GROWTH PORTFOLIO -- seeks capital appreciation through a diversified
portfolio of securities consisting primarily of common stocks.

GROWTH SHARES PORTFOLIO -- seeks appreciation of capital through investments in
common stock, together with preferred stocks, bonds, and debentures which are
convertible into common stocks. Current income will be incidental to the
Portfolio's primary objective.

REAL ESTATE GROWTH PORTFOLIO -- seeks long-term growth of capital primarily
through investments in the securities of real estate investment trusts (REITS)
and other real estate industry companies.

GROWTH AND INCOME PORTFOLIO -- seeks reasonable income and growth by investing
in a broad list of carefully selected, reasonably priced securities.

EQUITY-INCOME PORTFOLIO -- seeks current income and long-term capital growth by
investing in a portfolio of income-producing equity securities of U.S.
corporations.

BALANCED PORTFOLIO -- seeks capital growth and current income by actively
managing investments in a diversified portfolio of equity securities and bonds.

                                       14
<PAGE>
SWISS FRANC BOND PORTFOLIO -- seeks to approximate the performance of the Swiss
franc relative to the U.S. dollar while earning a reasonable level of income.

STRATEGIC INCOME PORTFOLIO -- seeks to invest in debt securities for a high
level of current income.

AMERICA INCOME PORTFOLIO -- seeks as high a level of current income as is
consistent with the preservation of capital. This Portfolio invests exclusively
in United States ("U.S.") Government Securities and in "when issued" commitments
and repurchase agreements with respect to such securities.

MONEY MARKET PORTFOLIO -- seeks current income consistent with preserving
capital and providing liquidity.

If there is a material change in the investment policy of a Sub-Account or the
Portfolio in which it invests, the Owner will be notified of the change. If the
Owner has values allocated to that Sub-Account, the Company will transfer it
without charge on written request by the Owner within sixty (60) days of the
later of (1) the effective date of such change in the investment policy, or
(2) the receipt of the notice of the Owner's right to transfer.

THERE IS NO ASSURANCE THAT THE INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES OF THE PORTFOLIOS WILL BE
MET.

                          INVESTMENT ADVISORY SERVICES

Each Portfolio pays a management fee to Pioneer for managing its investments and
business affairs. Each Portfolio's management fee is computed daily and paid
monthly at the following annual rate:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                MANAGEMENT FEE AS A
                                                              % OF PORTFOLIO'S AVERAGE
PORTFOLIO                                                         DAILY NET ASSETS
- ---------                                                     ------------------------
<S>                                                           <C>
Emerging Markets Portfolio..................................           1.15%
Europe Portfolio............................................           1.00%
International Growth........................................           1.00%
Capital Growth..............................................           0.65%
Growth Shares...............................................           0.65%
Real Estate Growth..........................................           1.00%
Growth and Income...........................................           0.65%
Equity-Income...............................................           0.65%
Balanced....................................................           0.65%
Swiss Franc Bond............................................           0.65%
Strategic Income............................................           0.65%
America Income..............................................           0.55%
Money Market................................................           0.50%
</TABLE>

Management fee waivers and/or reimbursements and offsets may be in effect for
certain or all of the Underlying Portfolios. For more information, see "Annual
Underlying Portfolio Expenses" under the SUMMARY OF FEES AND EXPENSES section.

                                       15
<PAGE>
             DESCRIPTION OF THE CONTRACT -- THE ACCUMULATION PHASE

A.  PAYMENTS

The latest Issue Date is age 90 of the oldest Owner, or, if the Owner is not a
natural person, the oldest Annuitant. The Company will issue a Contract when its
underwriting requirements are met. These requirements include receipt of the
initial payment and allocation instructions by the Company at its Principal
Office and may include the proper completion of an application; however, where
permitted by law, the Company may issue a Contract without completion of an
application. If all issue requirements are not completed within five business
days of the Company's receipt of the initial payment, the payment will be
returned immediately unless the applicant authorizes the Company to retain it
pending completion of all issue requirements.

Payments may be made to the Contract at any time prior to the Annuity Date, or
prior to the death of an Owner, subject to certain minimums:

    - Currently, the initial payment must be at least $10,000.

    - Each subsequent payment must be at least $50.

    - The minimum allocation to a Guarantee Period Account is $1,000. If less
      than $1,000 is allocated to a Guarantee Period Account, the Company
      reserves the right to apply that amount to the Money Market Portfolio.

Payments are to be made payable to the Company. The Company may reduce a payment
by any applicable premium tax before applying it to the Contract. The initial
net payment is credited to the Contract and allocated among the requested
accounts as of the date that all issue requirements are properly met. The
allocation instructions for the initial net payment will serve as the allocation
instructions for all future payments. You can change the allocations
instructions for future payments by notifying the Company.

You also have the option of specifying how a specific payment should be
allocated. This will not change the allocation instructions for any subsequent
payment.

For a discussion of future payments to an Automatic Transfer Program (Dollar
Cost Averaging), please see "Automatic Transfers (Dollar Cost Averaging)" below.

In order for the Owner to be able to initiate transactions over the telephone, a
properly completed authorization must be on file before telephone requests will
be honored. The policy of the Company and its agents and affiliates is that we
will not be responsible for losses resulting from acting upon telephone requests
reasonably believed to be genuine. The Company will employ reasonable procedures
to confirm that instructions communicated by telephone are genuine; otherwise,
the Company may be liable for any losses due to unauthorized or fraudulent
instructions. Such procedures may include, among others, requiring some form of
personal identification prior to acting upon instructions received by telephone.
All telephone instructions are tape-recorded.

B.  COMPUTATION OF VALUES

The Owner may allocate payments among the Sub-Accounts, Guarantee Period
Accounts, and the Fixed Account. Allocations to the Guarantee Period Accounts
and the Fixed Account are not converted into Accumulation Units, but are
credited interest at a rate periodically set by the Company. See GUARANTEE
PERIOD ACCOUNTS and APPENDIX A -- MORE INFORMATION ABOUT THE FIXED ACCOUNT.

                                       16
<PAGE>
The Accumulated Value under the Contract is determined by:

(1) multiplying the number of Accumulation Units in each Sub-Account by the
    value of an Accumulation Unit of that Sub-Account on the Valuation Date,

(2) adding together the values of each Sub-Account, and

(3) adding the amount of the accumulations in the Fixed Account and Guarantee
    Period Accounts, if any.

THE ACCUMULATION UNIT.  Allocations to the Sub-Accounts are credited to the
Contract in the form of Accumulation Units. Accumulation Units are credited
separately for each Sub-Account. The number of Accumulation Units of each
Sub-Account credited to the Contract is equal to the portion of the payment
allocated to the Sub-Account, divided by the dollar value of the applicable
Accumulation Unit as of the Valuation Date. The number of Accumulation Units
resulting from each payment will remain fixed unless changed by a subsequent
split of Accumulation Unit value, a transfer, a withdrawal, or surrender. The
dollar value of an Accumulation Unit of each Sub-Account varies from Valuation
Date to Valuation Date based on the investment experience of that Sub-Account,
and will reflect the investment performance, expenses, and charges of its
Underlying Portfolios. The value of an Accumulation Unit was arbitrarily set at
$1.00 on the first Valuation Date for each Sub-Account.

NET INVESTMENT FACTOR.  The net investment factor is an index that measures the
investment performance of a Sub-Account from one Valuation Period to the next.
This factor is equal to 1.000000 plus the result (which may be positive or
negative) from dividing (1) by (2) and subtracting (3) and (4) where:

(1) is the investment income of a Sub-Account for the Valuation Period,
    including realized or unrealized capital gains and losses during the
    Valuation Period, adjusted for provisions made for taxes, if any;

(2) is the value of that Sub-Account's assets at the beginning of the Valuation
    Period;

(3) is a charge for mortality and expense risks equal to 0.50% on an annual
    basis of the daily value of the Sub-Account's assets; and

(4) is an administrative charge equal to 0.15% on an annual basis of the daily
    value of the Sub-Account's assets.

The dollar value of an Accumulation Unit as of a given Valuation Date is
determined by multiplying the dollar value of the corresponding Accumulation
Unit as of the immediately preceding Valuation Date by the appropriate net
investment factor.

For an illustration of an Accumulation Unit calculation using a hypothetical
example see the SAI.

C.  RIGHT TO CANCEL

An Owner may cancel the Contract at any time within ten days after receipt of
the Contract (or longer if required by law) and receive a refund. In order to
cancel the Contract, the Owner must mail or deliver it to the Company's
Principal Office at 440 Lincoln Street, Worcester, MA 01653, or to an authorized
representative. Mailing or delivery must occur within ten days after receipt of
the Contract for cancellation to be effective.

In most states, the Company will pay the Owner the Contract's Accumulated Value
adjusted for any Market Value Adjustment for amounts allocated to a Guarantee
Period Account, plus any amounts deducted for taxes, charges or fees. However,
if the Contract was purchased as an IRA or issued in a state that requires a
full refund of the initial payment(s), the Company will provide a refund equal
to your gross payment(s). In some states, the refund may equal the greater of
(a) your gross payment(s) or (b) the Accumulated Value adjusted for any Market
Value Adjustment, plus any amounts deducted for taxes, charges or fees. At the
time the Contract is issued, the Right to Examine provision on the cover of the
Contract will specifically indicate what the refund will be and the time period
allowed to exercise the right to cancel.

                                       17
<PAGE>
The liability of the Variable Account under this provision is limited to the
Owner's Accumulated Value in the Sub-Accounts on the date of cancellation. Any
additional amounts refunded to the Owner will be paid by the Company.

D.  TRANSFER PRIVILEGE

Prior to the Annuity Date, the Owner may transfer amounts among accounts at any
time upon written or telephone request to the Company. As discussed in "A.
Payments," a properly completed authorization form must be on file before
telephone requests will be honored. Transfer values will be based on the
Accumulated Value next computed after receipt of the transfer request.

Transfers to a Guarantee Period Account must be at least $1,000. If the amount
to be transferred to a Guarantee Period Account is less than $1,000, the Company
may transfer that amount to the Money Market Fund. Transfers from a Guarantee
Period Account prior to the expiration of the Guarantee Period will be subject
to a Market Value Adjustment.

Currently, the Company does not charge for transfers. The first 12 transfers in
a Contract year are guaranteed to be free of any transfer charge. For each
subsequent transfer in a Contract year, the Company reserves the right to assess
a charge, guaranteed never to exceed $25, to reimburse it for the expense of
processing transfers. The first automatic transfer or rebalancing under an
Automatic Transfers (Dollar Cost Averaging) program or Automatic Account
Rebalancing program counts as one transfer for purposes of the 12 transfers
guaranteed to be free of a transfer charge in each Contract year. Each
subsequent automatic transfer or rebalancing under that request is without
charge and does not reduce the remaining number of transfers which may be made
free of charge in that Contract year.

The Company also reserves the right to restrict transfer privileges when
exercised by a market timing firm or any other third party authorized to
initiate allocations, transfers or exchanges on behalf of multiple Contract
Owners. The Company may, among other things, not accept:

    - the transfer or exchange instructions of any agent acting under a power of
      attorney on behalf of more than one Owner, or

    - the transfer or exchange instructions of individual Owners who have
      executed pre-authorized transfer or exchange forms which are submitted by
      market timing firms or other third parties on behalf of more than one
      Owner at the same time.

AUTOMATIC TRANSFERS (DOLLAR COST AVERAGING).  You may elect automatic transfers
of a predetermined dollar amount on a periodic basis from the Fixed Account or
the Sub-Accounts investing in the Money Market Portfolio and the America Income
Portfolio ("source accounts"). You may elect automatic transfers to one or more
Sub-Accounts, subject to the following:

    - the predetermined dollar amount may not be less than $100;

    - the periodic basis may be monthly, quarterly, semi-annually or annually;

    - automatic transfers may not be made into the selected source account,
      Fixed Account, or the Guarantee Period Accounts; and

    - if an automatic transfer would reduce the balance in the source account(s)
      to less than $100, the entire balance will be transferred proportionately
      to the chosen Sub-Accounts.

                                       18
<PAGE>
Automatic transfers from a particular source account will continue until the
earlier of:

    - the amount in the source account on a transfer date is zero; or

    - the Owner's request to terminate the option is received by the Company.

If additional amounts are allocated to a source account before its balance has
fallen to zero, those additional amounts will also be automatically transferred.
The original automatic transfer allocations will apply to all amounts in that
source account unless you provide new allocation instructions. New allocation
instructions will apply to the entire balance in the source account. If
additional amounts are allocated to a source account after its balance has
fallen to zero, automatic transfers will not begin again unless you specifically
instruct the Company to do so.

To the extent permitted by law, the Company reserves the right, from time to
time, to credit an enhanced interest rate to an initial and/or subsequent
payment made to the Fixed Account, which is then used as the source account from
which to process automatic transfers. For more information see APPENDIX A --
MORE INFORMATION ABOUT THE FIXED ACCOUNT.

AUTOMATIC ACCOUNT REBALANCING.  The Owner may request automatic rebalancing of
Sub-Account allocations on a monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or annual basis in
accordance with his/her specified percentage allocations. As frequently as
elected by the Owner, the Company will review the percentage allocations in the
Underlying Portfolios and, if necessary, transfer amounts to ensure conformity
with the designated percentage allocation mix. If the amount necessary to
re-establish the mix on any scheduled date is less than $100, no transfer will
be made.

Automatic Account Rebalancing will continue until (1) the Owner's request to
terminate or change the option is received by the Company or (2) the end date
designated by the Owner when the option was elected. If a subsequent payment is
allocated in a manner different from the percentage allocation mix in effect on
the date the payment is received, on the next scheduled rebalancing date the
payment will be reallocated in accordance with the existing mix.

Currently, Dollar Cost Averaging and Automatic Account Rebalancing may not be in
effect simultaneously. Either option may be elected at no additional charge when
the Contract is purchased or at a later date. The Company reserves the right to
limit the number of Sub-Accounts that may be utilized for automatic transfers
and rebalancing, and to discontinue either option upon advance written notice.

E.  SURRENDER AND WITHDRAWALS

Before the Annuity Date, an Owner may surrender the Contract for its Surrender
Value or withdraw a portion of its Accumulated Value. In the case of surrender,
the Owner must send the Contract and a signed written request for surrender,
satisfactory to the Company, to the Principal Office. The Surrender Value will
be calculated based on the Contract's Accumulated Value as of the Valuation
Date.

In the case of a withdrawal, the Owner must submit to the Principal Office a
signed, written request indicating the desired dollar amount and the accounts
from which such amount is to be withdrawn. A withdrawal from a Sub-Account will
result in cancellation of a number of units equivalent in value to the amount
withdrawn. Each withdrawal must be a minimum of $100. No withdrawal will be
permitted if the Accumulated Value remaining under the Contract would be reduced
to less than $10,000.

A Contract fee may apply when a Contract is surrendered. See CHARGES AND
DEDUCTIONS. In addition, amounts withdrawn from a Guarantee Period Account prior
to the end of the applicable Guarantee Period will be subject to a Market Value
Adjustment, as described under GUARANTEE PERIOD ACCOUNTS.

                                       19
<PAGE>
Any distribution is normally payable within seven days following the Company's
receipt of the surrender or withdrawal request. The Company reserves the right
to defer surrenders and withdrawals of amounts allocated to the Company's Fixed
Account and Guarantee Period Accounts for a period not to exceed six months. The
Company reserves the right to defer surrenders and withdrawals of amounts in
each Sub-Account in any period during which:

    - trading on the New York Stock Exchange is restricted as determined by the
      SEC or such Exchange is closed for other than weekends and holidays,

    - the SEC has by order permitted such suspension, or

    - an emergency, as determined by the SEC, exists such that disposal of
      portfolio securities or valuation of assets of a separate account is not
      reasonably practicable.

For important tax consequences, which may result from surrender or withdrawals,
see FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS.

For information about withdrawals after the Annuity Date, see "F. Withdrawals
After the Annuity Date" under ANNUITIZATION -- THE PAYOUT PHASE.

SYSTEMATIC WITHDRAWALS.  The Owner may elect an automatic schedule of
withdrawals (systematic withdrawals) from amounts in the Sub-Accounts and/or the
Fixed Account on a periodic basis (monthly, bi-monthly, quarterly, semi-annually
or annually). Systematic withdrawals from Guarantee Period Accounts are not
available. The Owner may request:

    - the withdrawal of a SPECIFIC DOLLAR AMOUNT and the percentage of this
      amount to be taken from each designated Sub-Account and/or the Fixed
      Account; or

    - the withdrawal of a SPECIFIC PERCENTAGE of the Accumulated Value
      calculated as of the withdrawal dates, and may designate the percentage of
      this amount which should be taken from each account.

The first withdrawal will take place on the latest of 15 days after Issue Date,
the date the written request is received at the Principal Office, or on a date
specified by the Owner.

The minimum amount of each automatic withdrawal is $100. If a withdrawal would
cause the remaining Accumulated Value to be less than $10,000, systematic
withdrawals may be discontinued. Systematic withdrawals will cease automatically
on the Annuity Date. The Owner may change or terminate systematic withdrawals
only by written request to the Principal Office.

LIFE EXPECTANCY DISTRIBUTIONS.  (For Qualified Contracts and Contracts issued
under Section 457 Deferred Compensation Plans only). Prior to the Annuity Date,
an Owner may elect to make a series of systematic withdrawals from the Contract
according to the Company's life expectancy distribution ("LED") option by
returning a properly signed LED request form to the Principal Office. Where the
Owner is a trust or other nonnatural person, the Owner may elect the LED option
based on the Annuitant's life expectancy.

If an Owner elects the Company's LED option, in each calendar year a fraction of
the Accumulated Value is withdrawn based on the Owner's life expectancy (or the
joint life expectancy of the Owner and a beneficiary.) The numerator of the
fraction is 1 (one). The denominator of the fraction will be either:

    - the remaining life expectancy of the Owner (or Owner and beneficiary), as
      determined annually by the Company; or

    - the prior year's life expectancy, minus one.

                                       20
<PAGE>
The resulting fraction, expressed as a percentage, is then applied to the
Accumulated Value at the beginning of the year to determine the amount to be
distributed during the year. The Owner may choose to have the applicable life
expectancy redetermined each year or use the prior year's life expectancy, minus
one. Under the Company's LED option, the amount withdrawn from the Contract
changes each year.

The Owner may elect periodic LED distributions on a monthly, bi-monthly,
quarterly, semi-annual, or annual basis. The Owner may terminate the LED option
at any time. The LED option will terminate automatically on the maximum Annuity
Date permitted under the Contract, at which time an annuity payout option must
be selected.

The LED option may not produce annual distributions that meet the definition of
"substantially equal periodic payments" as defined under Code Section 72(t). The
withdrawals may be treated by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) as premature
distributions from the Contract and may be subject to a 10% federal tax penalty.
Owners seeking distributions over their life under this definition should
consult their tax advisor. For more information, see "C. Taxation of the
Contract in General" under FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS.

F.  DEATH BENEFIT

A death benefit is payable if the Owner or the first of Joint Owners dies prior
to the Annuity Date. If the Owner is a natural person, no death benefit is
payable at the death of any Annuitant. If the Owner is not a natural person, a
death benefit will be paid upon the death of any Annuitant. A spousal
beneficiary may elect to continue the Contract rather than receive the death
benefit as provided in "G. The Spouse of the Owner as Beneficiary."

STANDARD DEATH BENEFIT.  Unless an enhanced death benefit is elected at issue,
the standard death benefit will be paid. The standard death benefit is equal to
the greater of (a) the Contract's Accumulated Value on the Valuation Date that
the Company receives proof of death, increased by any positive Market Value
Adjustment or (b) gross payments prior to the date of death, proportionately
reduced to reflect withdrawals.

For each withdrawal under (b), the proportionate reduction is calculated by
multiplying the standard death benefit immediately prior to the withdrawal by
the following fraction:

                            Amount of the withdrawal
                ------------------------------------------------

             Accumulated Value immediately prior to the withdrawal

OPTIONAL ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT RIDER.  When applying for the Contract, an Owner
may elect the optional 5% Enhanced Death Benefit With Annual Step-Up Rider. A
separate charge for this Rider is made against the Contract's Accumulated Value
on the last day of each Contract month for the coverage provided during that
month and, if applicable, on the date the Rider is terminated. The charge is
made through a pro-rata reduction (based on relative values) of Accumulation
Units in the Sub-Accounts and dollar amounts in the Fixed and Guarantee Period
Accounts. For specific charges and more detail, see "C. Optional Rider Charge"
under CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS.

The 5% Enhanced Death Benefit With Annual Step-Up Rider provides a death benefit
guarantee if death of an Owner (or an Annuitant if the Owner is not a natural
person) occurs before the Annuity Date. The calculation of the death benefit
depends upon whether death occurs before or after the 90th birthday:

I. Death BEFORE 90th Birthday.  If an Owner (or an Annuitant if the Owner is a
not a natural person) dies before the Annuity Date and before his/her 90th
birthday, the death benefit is equal to the GREATEST of:

    (a) the Accumulated Value on the Valuation Date that the Company received
       proof of death, increased by any positive Market Value Adjustment;

                                       21
<PAGE>
    (b) gross payments, accumulated daily at an effective annual yield of 5%
       from the date each payment is applied until the date of death,
       proportionately reduced to reflect withdrawals; and

    (c) the highest Accumulated Value on any Contract anniversary date prior to
       the date of death, as determined after being increased for any positive
       Market Value Adjustment and subsequent payments and proportionately
       reduced for subsequent withdrawals.

II. Death ON OR AFTER 90th Birthday.  If an Owner (or the Annuitant if the Owner
is not a natural person) dies before the Annuity Date but on or after his/her
90th birthday, the death benefit is equal to the GREATER of:

    (a) the Accumulated Value on the Valuation Date that the Company receives
       proof of death, increased by any positive Market Value Adjustment; or

    (b) the death benefit, as calculated under Section I above, that would have
       been payable on the Contract anniversary prior to the deceased's 90th
       birthday, increased for subsequent payments and proportionately reduced
       for subsequent withdrawals.

Proportionate reductions are calculated in the same manner as described above
under "Standard Death Benefit."

PAYMENT OF THE DEATH BENEFIT PRIOR TO THE ANNUITY DATE.  The death benefit
generally will be paid to the beneficiary in one sum upon receipt of due proof
of death at the Principal Office, unless the Owner has elected to apply the
proceeds to a life annuity not extending beyond the beneficiary's life
expectancy. Instead of payment in one sum, the beneficiary may, by written
request, elect to:

    (1) defer distribution of the death benefit for a period no more than five
       years from the date of death; or

    (2) receive distributions over the life of the beneficiary or for a period
       certain not extending beyond the beneficiary's life expectancy, with
       annuity benefit payments beginning within one year from the date of
       death.

If distribution of the death benefit is deferred under (1) or (2), any value in
the Guarantee Period Accounts will be transferred to the Money Market
Sub-Account. The excess, if any, of the death benefit over the Accumulated Value
also will be transferred to the Money Market Sub-Account. The beneficiary may,
by written request, effect transfers and withdrawals during the deferral period
and prior to annuitization under (2), but may not make additional payments. The
death benefit will reflect any earnings or losses experienced during the
deferral period. If there are multiple beneficiaries, the consent of all is
required.

G.  THE SPOUSE OF THE OWNER AS BENEFICIARY

If the sole beneficiary is the deceased Owner's spouse, he or she may, by
written request, continue the Contract in lieu of receiving payment of the death
benefit. The spouse will then become the Owner and Annuitant subject to the
following:

    (1) any value in the Guarantee Period Accounts will be transferred to the
       Money Market Sub-Account; and

    (2) the excess, if any, of the death benefit over the Contract's Accumulated
       Value also will be added to the Money Market Sub-Account.

The new Owner may also make additional payments. All other rights and benefits
provided in the Contract will continue, except that any subsequent spouse of the
new Owner, if named as beneficiary, will not be entitled to continue the
Contract when the new Owner dies.

                                       22
<PAGE>
H.  ASSIGNMENT

The Contract, other than one sold in connection with certain qualified plans,
may be assigned by the Owner at any time prior to the Annuity Date and prior to
the death of an Owner (see FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS). The Company will not be
deemed to have knowledge of an assignment unless it is made in writing and filed
at the Principal Office. The Company will not assume responsibility for
determining the validity of any assignment. If an assignment of the Contract is
in effect on the Annuity Date, the Company reserves the right to pay to the
assignee, in one sum, that portion of the Surrender Value of the Contract to
which the assignee appears to be entitled. The Company will pay the balance, if
any, in one sum to the Owner in full settlement of all liability under the
Contract. The interest of the Owner and of any beneficiary will be subject to
any assignment.

                       ANNUITIZATION -- THE PAYOUT PHASE

Subject to certain restrictions discussed below, at annuitization the Owner has
the right:

    - to select the annuity payout option under which annuity benefit payments
      are to be made;

    - to determine whether those payments are to be made on a fixed basis, a
      variable basis, or a combination fixed and variable basis. If a variable
      annuity payout option is selected, the Owner must choose an Annuity
      Benefit Payment Change Frequency ("Change Frequency") and the date the
      first Change Frequency will occur;

    - to select one of the available Assumed Investment Returns ("AIR") for a
      variable option (see "D. Variable Annuity Benefit Payments" below for
      details); and

    - to elect to have the Death Benefit applied under any annuity payout option
      not extending beyond the beneficiary's life expectancy. The beneficiary
      may not change such an election.

A.  ELECTING THE ANNUITY DATE

Generally, annuity benefit payments under the Contract will begin on the Annuity
Date. The Annuity Date:

    - may not be earlier than the first Contract Anniversary; and

    - must occur on the first day of any month before the Owner's 99th birthday.

If the Owner does not select an Annuity Date, the Annuity Date will be the later
of (a) the Owner's age 85 or (b) one year after the Issue Date.

If there are Joint Owners, the age of the younger will determine the latest
possible Annuity Date. The Owner may elect to change the Annuity Date by sending
a request to the Principal Office at least one month before the earlier of the
new Annuity Date or the currently scheduled date.

If the Annuity Date occurs when the Owner is at an advanced age, it is possible
that the Contract will not be considered an annuity for federal tax purposes. In
addition, the Internal Revenue Code ("the Code") and/or the terms of qualified
plans may impose limitations on the age at which annuity benefit payments may
commence and the type of annuity payout option that may be elected. The Owner
should carefully review the Annuity Date and the annuity payout options with
his/her tax adviser. See FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS for further information.

                                       23
<PAGE>
B.  CHOOSING THE ANNUITY PAYOUT OPTION

Regardless of how payments were allocated during the accumulation phase, the
Owner may choose a variable annuity payout option, a fixed annuity payout option
or a combination fixed and variable annuity payout option. Currently, all of the
variable annuity payout options described below are available and may be funded
through all of the variable Sub-Accounts. In addition, each of the variable
annuity payout options is also available on a fixed basis. The Company may offer
other annuity payout options.

The Owner may change the annuity payout option up to one month before the
Annuity Date. If the Owner fails to choose an annuity payout option, monthly
benefit payments will be made under a variable Life with Cash Back annuity
payout option.

The annuity payout option selected must result in an initial payment of at least
$100 (a lower amount may be required in certain jurisdictions.) The Company
reserves the right to increase this minimum amount. If the annuity payout option
selected does not produce an initial payment which meets this minimum, a single
payment may be made.

FIXED ANNUITY PAYOUT OPTIONS.  If the Owner selects a fixed annuity payout
option, each monthly annuity benefit payment will be equal to the first (unless
a withdrawal is made or as otherwise described under certain reduced survivor
annuity benefits.) Any portion of the Contract's Accumulated Value converted to
a fixed annuity will be held in the Company's General Account. The Contract
provides guaranteed fixed annuity option rates that determine the dollar amount
of the first payment under each form of fixed annuity for each $1,000 of applied
value. These rates are based on the Annuity 2000 Mortality Table and a 3% AIR.
The Company may offer annuity rates more favorable than those contained in the
Contract. Any such rates will be applied uniformly to all Owners of the same
class. For more specific information about fixed annuity payout options, see the
Contract.

VARIABLE ANNUITY PAYOUT OPTIONS.  If the Owner selects a variable annuity payout
option, he/she will receive monthly payments equal to the value of the fixed
number of Annuity Units in the chosen Sub-Account(s). The first variable annuity
benefit payment will be based on the current annuity option rates made available
by the Company at the time the variable annuity payout option is selected.
Annuity option rates determine the dollar amount of the first payment for each
$1,000 of applied value. The annuity option rates are based on the Annuity 2000
Mortality Table and a 3% AIR.

Since the value of an Annuity Unit in a Sub-Account reflects the investment
performance of the Sub-Account, the amount of each monthly annuity benefit
payment will usually vary. However, under this Contract, if the Owner elects a
variable payout option, he or she must also select a monthly, quarterly,
semi-annual or annual Change Frequency. The Change Frequency is the frequency
that changes due to the Sub-Account's investment performance will be reflected
in the dollar value of a variable annuity benefit payment. As such, the Change
Frequency chosen will determine how frequently monthly variable annuity payments
will vary. For example, if a monthly Change Frequency is in effect, payments may
vary on a monthly basis. If a quarterly Change Frequency is selected, the amount
of each monthly payment may change every three months and will be level within
each three month cycle.

At the time the Change Frequency is elected, the Owner must also select the date
the first change is to occur. This date may not be later than the length of the
Change Frequency elected. For example, if a semi-annual Change Frequency is
elected, the date of the first change may not be later than six months after the
Annuity Date. If a quarterly Change Frequency is elected, the date of the first
change may not be later than three months after the Annuity Date.

                                       24
<PAGE>
C.  DESCRIPTION OF ANNUITY PAYOUT OPTIONS

The Company currently provides the following annuity payout options:

LIFE ANNUITY PAYOUT OPTION

    - SINGLE LIFE ANNUITY -- Monthly payments during the Annuitant's life.
      Payments cease with the last annuity benefit payment due prior to the
      Annuitant's death.

    - JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITIES -- Monthly payments during the Annuitant's
      and Joint Annuitant's joint lifetimes. Upon the first death, payments will
      continue for the remaining lifetime of the survivor at a previously
      elected level of 100%, two-thirds or one-half of the total number of
      Annuity Units.

LIFE WITH PERIOD CERTAIN ANNUITY PAYOUT OPTION

    - SINGLE LIFE ANNUITY -- Monthly payments guaranteed for a specified number
      of years and continuing thereafter during the Annuitant's lifetime. If the
      Annuitant dies before all guaranteed payments have been made, the
      remaining payments continue to the Owner or the Beneficiary (whichever is
      applicable).

    - JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITIES -- Monthly payments guaranteed for a
      specified number of years and continuing during the Annuitant's and Joint
      Annuitant's joint lifetimes. Upon the first death, payments continue for
      the survivor's remaining lifetime at the previously elected level of 100%,
      two-thirds or one-half of the Annuity Units. If the surviving Annuitant
      dies before all guaranteed payments have been made, the remaining payments
      continue to the Owner or the Beneficiary (whichever is applicable).

LIFE WITH CASH BACK ANNUITY PAYOUT OPTION

    - SINGLE LIFE ANNUITY -- Monthly payments during the Annuitant's life.
      Thereafter, any excess of the originally applied Annuity Value, over the
      total amount of annuity benefit payments made and withdrawals taken, will
      be paid to the Owner or the Beneficiary (whichever is applicable).

    - JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITIES -- Monthly payments during the Annuitant's
      and Joint Annuitant's joint lifetimes. At the first death, payments
      continue for the survivor's remaining lifetime at the previously elected
      level of 100%, two-thirds or one-half of the Annuity Units. Thereafter,
      any excess of the original applied Annuity Value, over the total amount of
      annuity benefit payments made and withdrawals taken, will be paid to the
      Owner or the Beneficiary (whichever is applicable).

PERIOD CERTAIN ANNUITY PAYOUT OPTION

Monthly annuity benefit payments for a chosen number of years ranging from five
to thirty are paid. If the Annuitant dies before the end of the period,
remaining payments will continue. The period certain option does not involve a
life contingency. In the computation of the payments under this option, the
charge for annuity rate guarantees, which includes a factor for mortality risks,
is made.

                                       25
<PAGE>
D.  VARIABLE ANNUITY BENEFIT PAYMENTS

THE ANNUITY UNIT.  On and after the Annuity Date, the Annuity Unit is a measure
of the value of the monthly annuity benefit payments under a variable annuity
option. The value of an Annuity Unit in each Sub-Account on its inception date
was set at $1.00. The value of an Annuity Unit of a Sub-Account on any Valuation
Date thereafter is equal to the value of the Annuity Unit on the immediately
preceding Valuation Date multiplied by the product of:

(1) a discount factor equivalent to the AIR and

(2) the Net Investment Factor of the Sub-Account funding the annuity benefit
    payments for the applicable Valuation Period.

Annuity benefit payments will increase from one payment date to the next if the
annualized net rate of return during that period is greater than the AIR and
will decrease if the annualized net rate of return is less than the AIR. Where
permitted by law, the Owner may select an AIR of 3%, 5%, or 7%. A higher AIR
will result in a higher initial payment. However, subsequent payments will
increase more slowly during periods when actual investment performance exceeds
the AIR and will decrease more rapidly during periods when investment
performance is less than the AIR.

DETERMINATION OF THE FIRST ANNUITY BENEFIT PAYMENT.  The amount of the first
periodic variable annuity benefit payment depends on the:

    - annuity payout option chosen;

    - length of the annuity payout option elected;

    - age of the Annuitant;

    - gender of the Annuitant (if applicable, see "H. NORRIS Decision");

    - value of the amount applied under the annuity payout option;

    - applicable annuity purchase rates based on the Annuity 2000 Mortality
      Table; and

    - AIR selected.

The dollar amount of the first periodic annuity benefit payment is determined by
multiplying:

(1) the Accumulated Value applied under that option after application of any
    Market Value Adjustment and less premium tax, if any, (or the amount of the
    death benefit, if applicable) divided by $1,000, by

(2) the applicable amount of the first monthly payment per $1,000 of value.

DETERMINATION OF THE NUMBER OF ANNUITY UNITS.  The dollar amount of the first
variable annuity benefit payment is then divided by the value of an Annuity Unit
of the selected Sub-Account(s) to determine the number of Annuity Units
represented by the first payment. The number of Annuity Units remains fixed
under all annuity payout options (except for the survivor annuity benefit
payment under the joint and two-thirds or joint and one-half option) unless the
Owner transfers among Sub-Accounts, makes a withdrawal, or units are split.

DOLLAR AMOUNT OF SUBSEQUENT VARIABLE ANNUITY BENEFIT PAYMENTS.  For each
subsequent payment, the dollar amount of the variable annuity benefit payment is
determined by multiplying this fixed number of Annuity Units by the value of an
Annuity Unit on the applicable Valuation Date. The dollar amount of each

                                       26
<PAGE>
periodic variable annuity benefit payment after the first will vary with
subsequent variations in the value of the Annuity Unit of the selected
Sub-Account(s).

For an illustration of the calculation of a variable annuity benefit payment
using a hypothetical example, see "Annuity Benefit Payments" in the SAI.

PAYMENT OF ANNUITY BENEFIT PAYMENTS.  The Owner will receive the annuity benefit
payments unless he/ she requests in writing that payments be made to another
person, persons, or entity. If the Owner (or, if there are Joint Owners, the
surviving Joint Owner) dies on or after the Annuity Date, the beneficiary will
become the Owner of the Contract. Any remaining annuity benefit payments will
continue to the beneficiary in accordance with the terms of the annuity benefit
payment option selected. If there are Joint Owners on or after the Annuity Date,
upon the first Owner's death, any remaining annuity benefit payments will
continue to the surviving Joint Owner in accordance with the terms of the
annuity benefit payment option selected.

If an Annuitant dies on or after the Annuity Date but before all guaranteed
annuity benefit payments have been made, any remaining payments will continue to
be paid to the Owner or the payee the Owner has designated. Unless otherwise
indicated by the Owner, the present value of any remaining guaranteed annuity
benefit payments may be paid in a single sum to the Owner. For discussion of
present value calculation, see "Calculation of Present Value" below.

E.  TRANSFERS OF ANNUITY UNITS

After the Annuity Date and prior to the death of the Annuitant, the Owner may
transfer among the available Sub-Accounts upon written or telephone request to
the Company. As discussed in "A. Payments," a properly completed authorization
form must be on file before telephone requests will be honored. A designated
number of Annuity Units equal to the dollar amount of the transfer requested
will be exchanged for an equivalent dollar amount of Annuity Units of another
Sub-Account. Transfer values will be based on the Annuity Value next computed
after receipt of the transfer request.

Currently, the Company does not charge for transfers. The first 12 transfers in
a Contract year are guaranteed to be free of any transfer charge. For each
subsequent transfer in a Contract year, the Company reserves the right to assess
a charge, guaranteed never to exceed $25, to reimburse it for the expense of
processing transfers.

Automatic transfers (Dollar Cost Averaging) are available during the
annuitization phase subject to the same rules described in "D. Transfer
Privilege" except that the Fixed Account is not available as a source account.

F.  WITHDRAWALS AFTER THE ANNUITY DATE

WITHDRAWALS AFTER THE ANNUITY DATE FROM QUALIFIED AND NON-QUALIFIED CONTRACTS
MAY HAVE ADVERSE TAX CONSEQUENCES. BEFORE MAKING A WITHDRAWAL, PLEASE CONSULT
YOUR TAX ADVISOR AND SEE "B. TAXATION OF THE CONTRACT IN GENERAL -- WITHDRAWALS
AFTER ANNUITIZATION" UNDER FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS.

After the Annuity Date and prior to the death of the Annuitant, the Owner may
take withdrawals from the Contract. The Owner must submit to the Principal
Office a signed, written request indicating the desired dollar amount of the
withdrawal. The minimum amount of a withdrawal is $1,000. If the amount
requested is greater than the maximum amount that may be withdrawn at that time,
the Company will allow the withdrawal only up to the maximum amount.

The type of withdrawal and the number of withdrawals that may be made each
calendar year depend upon whether the Owner annuitizes under an annuity payout
option with payments based on the life of one or more Annuitants with no
guaranteed payments (a "Life" annuity payout option), under a life annuity
payout option that in part provides for a guaranteed number of payments (a "Life
With Period Certain" or "Life With Cash

                                       27
<PAGE>
Back" annuity payout option), or an annuity payout option based on a guaranteed
number of payments (a "Period Certain" annuity payout option).

- -   WITHDRAWALS UNDER LIFE ANNUITY PAYOUT OPTIONS

    The Owner may make one Payment Withdrawal in each calendar year. A Payment
    Withdrawal cannot exceed the previous monthly annuity benefit payment
    multiplied by ten (10). The amount of each Payment Withdrawal represents a
    percentage of the present value of the remaining annuity benefit payments.

- -   WITHDRAWALS UNDER LIFE WITH PERIOD CERTAIN OR LIFE WITH CASH BACK ANNUITY
  PAYOUT OPTIONS

    The Owner may make one Payment Withdrawal in each calendar year. A Payment
    Withdrawal cannot exceed the previous monthly annuity benefit payment
    multiplied by ten (10). The amount of each Payment Withdrawal represents a
    percentage of the present value of the remaining annuity benefit payments.

    The Owner may make one Present Value Withdrawal in each calendar year, if
    there are remaining GUARANTEED annuity benefit payments. The amount of each
    Present Value Withdrawal represents a percentage of the present value of the
    remaining guaranteed annuity benefit payments. Each year a Present Value
    Withdrawal is taken, the Company records the percentage of the present value
    of the then remaining guaranteed annuity benefit payments that was
    withdrawn. The total percentage withdrawn over the life of the Contract
    cannot exceed 75%. This means that each Present Value Withdrawal is limited
    by the REMAINING AVAILABLE PERCENTAGE. (For example, assume that in year
    three the Owner withdraws 15% of the then current present value of the
    remaining guaranteed annuity benefit payments. In year seven, the Owner
    withdraws 20% of the then current present value of the remaining guaranteed
    annuity benefit payments. Through year seven the total percentage withdrawn
    is 35%. After year seven, the Owner may make Present Value Withdrawal(s) of
    up to 40% (75% - 35%) of the present value of any remaining guaranteed
    annuity benefit payments).

    Under a Life with Period Certain annuity payout option or Life with Cash
    Back annuity payout option, if the Annuitant is still living after the
    guaranteed annuity benefit payments have been made, the number of Annuity
    Units or dollar amount applied to future annuity benefit payments will be
    restored as if no Present Value Withdrawal(s) had taken place. See
    "Calculation of Proportionate Reduction -- Present Value Withdrawals" below.

- -   WITHDRAWALS UNDER PERIOD CERTAIN ANNUITY PAYOUT OPTIONS

    The Owner may make multiple Present Value Withdrawals in each calendar year,
    up to 100% of the present value of the guaranteed annuity benefit payments.
    Withdrawal of 100% of the present value of the guaranteed annuity benefit
    payments will result in termination of the Contract.

The amount of each Payment Withdrawal or Present Value Withdrawal represents a
portion of the present value of the remaining annuity benefit payments or
remaining guaranteed annuity benefit payments, respectively, and proportionately
reduces the number of Annuity Units (under a variable annuity payout option) or
dollar amount (under a fixed annuity payout option) applied to future annuity
benefit payments. Because each variable annuity benefit payment is determined by
multiplying the number of Annuity Units by the value of an Annuity Unit, the
reduction in the number of Annuity Units will result in lower future variable
annuity benefit payments. See "Calculation of Proportionate Reduction," below.

CALCULATION OF PROPORTIONATE REDUCTION.  Each Payment Withdrawal proportionately
reduces the number of Annuity Units applied to each future variable annuity
benefit payment or the dollar amount applied to each future fixed annuity
benefit payment. Each Present Value Withdrawal proportionately reduces the
number of Annuity Units applied to each future GUARANTEED variable annuity
benefit payment or the dollar amount applied to each future GUARANTEED fixed
annuity benefit payment. Because each variable annuity benefit

                                       28
<PAGE>
payment is determined by multiplying the number of Annuity Units by the value of
an Annuity Unit, the reduction in the number of Annuity Units will result in
lower future variable annuity benefit payments.

- - PAYMENT WITHDRAWALS.  Payment Withdrawals are available under Life, Life with
  Period Certain, or Life with Cash Back annuity payout options. The Owner may
  make one Payment Withdrawal in each calendar year.

  Under a variable annuity payout option, the proportionate reduction in Annuity
  Units is calculated by multiplying the number of Annuity Units in each future
  variable annuity benefit payment (determined immediately prior to the
  withdrawal) by the following fraction:

                        Amount of the variable withdrawal
                -------------------------------------------------
             Present value of all remaining variable annuity benefit
                   payments immediately prior to the withdrawal

  Because each variable annuity benefit payment is determined by multiplying the
  number of Annuity Units by the value of an Annuity Unit, the reduction in the
  number of Annuity Units will result in lower future variable annuity benefit
  payments.

  Under a fixed annuity payout option, the proportionate reduction is calculated
  by multiplying the dollar amount of each future fixed annuity benefit payment
  by a similar fraction, which is based on the amount of the fixed withdrawal
  and present value of remaining fixed annuity benefit payments.

- - PRESENT VALUE WITHDRAWALS.  Present Value Withdrawals are available under Life
  with Period Certain or Life with Cash Back annuity payout options (the Owner
  may make one Present Value Withdrawal in each calendar year, if there are
  remaining guaranteed annuity benefit payments) and under Period Certain
  annuity payout options (the Owner may make multiple Present Value Withdrawals
  in each calendar year).

  Under a variable annuity payout option, the proportionate reduction in Annuity
  Units is calculated by multiplying the number of Annuity Units in each future
  variable guaranteed annuity benefit payment (determined immediately prior to
  the withdrawal) by the following fraction:

                        Amount of the variable withdrawal
                -------------------------------------------------
              Present value of remaining guaranteed variable annuity
               benefit payments immediately prior to the withdrawal

  Under a fixed annuity payout option, the proportionate reduction is calculated
  by multiplying the dollar amount of each future fixed annuity benefit payment
  by a similar fraction, which is based on the amount of the fixed withdrawal
  and present value of remaining guaranteed fixed annuity benefit payments.

  Because each variable annuity benefit payment is determined by multiplying the
  number of Annuity Units by the value of an Annuity Unit, the reduction in the
  number of Annuity Units will result in lower variable annuity benefit payments
  with respect to the guaranteed payments. Under a fixed annuity payout option,
  the proportionate reduction will result in lower fixed annuity benefit
  payments with respect to the guaranteed payments. However, under a Life with
  Period Certain annuity payout option or Life with Cash Back annuity payout
  option, if the Annuitant is still living after the guaranteed number of
  annuity benefit payments has been made, the number of Annuity Units or dollar
  amount of future annuity benefit payments will be restored as if no Present
  Value Withdrawal(s) had taken place.

CALCULATION OF PRESENT VALUE.  When a withdrawal is taken, the present value of
future annuity benefit payments is calculated based on an assumed mortality
table and a discount rate. The mortality table that is used will be equal to the
mortality table used at the time of annuitization to determine the annuity
benefit payments (currently the Annuity 2000 Mortality Table with male, female,
or unisex rates, as appropriate). The

                                       29
<PAGE>
discount rate is the AIR (for a variable annuity payout option) or the interest
rate (for a fixed annuity payout option) that was used at the time of
annuitization to determine the annuity benefit payments.

For each Payment Withdrawal, the number of years of annuity benefit payments
being valued depends upon the life expectancy of the Annuitant at the time of
the withdrawal. The life expectancy will be determined by a mortality table that
will be equal to the mortality table used at the time of annuitization to
determine the annuity benefit payments (currently the Annuity 2000 Mortality
Table).

Carefully consider the following before making a withdrawal (especially if you
are making the withdrawal under a Life with Period Certain or Life with Cash
Back annuity payout option):

    - For a Payment Withdrawal, the present value calculation affects the
      proportionate reduction of the remaining number of Annuity Units (under a
      variable annuity payout option) or dollar amount (under a fixed annuity
      payout option), applied to each future annuity benefit payment, as
      explained in "Calculation of Proportionate Reduction -- Payment
      Withdrawals," above. There will be a proportionate reduction in the number
      of Annuity Units or the dollar amount applied to each future annuity
      benefit payment. This will result in lower future annuity benefit
      payments, all other things being equal.

For a Present Value Withdrawal, the discount factor is used in determining the
maximum amount that can be withdrawn under the present value calculation. In
addition, there will be a proportionate reduction in the number of Annuity Units
or the dollar amount applied to each future guaranteed annuity benefit payment.
This will result in lower future annuity benefit payments with respect to the
guaranteed payments, all other things being equal. See "Calculation of
Proportionate Reduction -- Present Value Withdrawals" above.

For examples comparing a Payment Withdrawal and a Present Value Withdrawal, see
APPENDIX E -- EXAMPLES OF PRESENT VALUE WITHDRAWALS AND PAYMENT WITHDRAWALS.

DEFERRAL OF WITHDRAWALS.  A withdrawal is normally payable within seven days
following the Company's receipt of the withdrawal request. However, the Company
reserves the right to defer withdrawals of amounts in each Sub-Account in any
period during which:

    - trading on the New York Stock Exchange is restricted as determined by the
      SEC or such Exchange is closed for other than weekends and holidays;

    - the SEC has by order permitted such suspension; or

    - an emergency, as determined by the SEC, exists such that disposal of
      portfolio securities or valuation of assets of a separate account is not
      reasonably practicable.

The Company reserves the right to defer withdrawals of amounts allocated to the
Company's General Account for a period not to exceed six months.

G.  REVERSAL OF ANNUITIZATION

The Owner may reverse the decision to annuitize by written request to the
Company within 90 days of the Annuity Date. Upon receipt of such request, the
Company will return the Contract to the Accumulation Phase, subject to the
following:

(1) The value applied under a fixed annuity payout option at the time of
    annuitization will be treated as if it had been invested in the Fixed
    Account of the Contract on that same date.

(2) The Sub-Account allocations that were in effect at the time of annuitization
    will first be used for calculating the reversal. Any transfers between
    variable Sub-Accounts during the Annuity Payout phase will then be treated
    as transfers during the Accumulation Phase (As a result, the Contract's
    Accumulated

                                       30
<PAGE>
    Value after the reversal will reflect the same Sub-Account allocations that
    were in effect immediately prior to the reversal).

(3) Any annuity benefit payments paid and any withdrawals taken during the
    Annuity Payout phase will be treated as a withdrawal of the Surrender Value
    in the Accumulation Phase, as of the date of the payment or withdrawal.
    There may be adverse tax consequences resulting from these withdrawals. See
    "C. Taxation of the Contract in General" under FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS.

If the Company learns of the Owner's decision to reverse annuitization after the
maximum Annuity Date permitted under the Contract, the Company will contact the
Owner. The Owner must then immediately select an annuity payout option (either
the original annuity payout option or a different annuity payout option). If the
Owner does not select an annuity payout option, payments will begin under a
variable Life with Cash Back annuity payout option.

H.  NORRIS DECISION

In the case of ARIZONA GOVERNING COMMITTEE V. NORRIS, the United States Supreme
Court ruled that, in connection with retirement benefit options offered under
certain employer-sponsored employee benefit plans, annuity options based on
sex-distinct actuarial tables are not permissible under Title VII of the Civil
Rights Act of 1964. The ruling requires that benefits derived from contributions
paid into a plan after August 1, 1983 be calculated without regard to the sex of
the employee. Annuity benefits attributable to payments received by the Company
under a Contract issued in connection with an employer-sponsored benefit plan
affected by the NORRIS decision will be based on unisex rates.

                             CHARGES AND DEDUCTIONS

Deductions under the Contract and charges against the assets of the Sub-Accounts
are described below. Other deductions and expenses paid out of the assets of the
Underlying Portfolios are described in the prospectuses and SAIs of the
Underlying Funds.

A.  VARIABLE ACCOUNT DEDUCTIONS

MORTALITY AND EXPENSE RISK CHARGE.  The Company assesses a charge against the
assets of each Sub-Account to compensate for certain mortality and expense risks
it has assumed. The mortality and expense risk charge is assessed daily at an
annual rate of 0.50% of each Sub-Account's assets. The charge is imposed during
both the accumulation phase and the annuity payout phase. The mortality risk
arises from the Company's guarantee that it will make annuity benefit payments
in accordance with annuity rate provisions established at the time the Contract
is issued for the life of the Annuitant (or in accordance with the annuity
payout option selected), no matter how long the Annuitant lives and no matter
how long all Annuitants as a class live. The mortality charge is deducted during
the annuity payout phase on all Contracts, including those that do not involve a
life contingency, even though the Company does not bear direct mortality risk
with respect to variable annuity settlement options that do not involve life
contingencies. The expense risk arises from the Company's guarantee that the
charges it makes will not exceed the limits described in the Contract and in
this Prospectus.

If the charge for mortality and expense risks is not sufficient to cover actual
mortality experience and expenses, the Company will absorb the losses. If
expenses are less than the amounts provided to the Company by the charge, the
difference will be a profit to the Company. To the extent this charge results in
a profit to the Company, such profit will be available for use by the Company
for, among other things, the payment of distribution, sales and other expenses.

                                       31
<PAGE>
This charge may not be increased. Since mortality and expense risks involve
future contingencies that are not subject to precise determination in advance,
it is not feasible to identify specifically the portion of the charge which is
applicable to each.

ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSE CHARGE.  The Company assesses each Sub-Account with a
daily Administrative Expense Charge at an annual rate of 0.15% of the average
daily net assets of the Sub-Account. The charge is imposed during both the
accumulation phase and the annuity payout phase. The daily Administrative
Expense Charge is assessed to help defray administrative expenses actually
incurred in the administration of the Sub-Account. There is no direct
relationship, however, between the amount of administrative expenses imposed on
a given Contract and the amount of expenses actually attributable to that
Contract.

Deductions for the Contract fee (described below under "B. Contract Fee") and
for the Administrative Expense Charge are designed to reimburse the Company for
the cost of administration and related expenses and are not expected to be a
source of profit. The administrative functions and expense assumed by the
Company in connection with the Variable Account and the Contract include, but
are not limited to, clerical, accounting, actuarial and legal services, rent,
postage, telephone, office equipment and supplies, expenses of preparing and
printing registration statements, expense of preparing and typesetting
prospectuses and the cost of printing prospectuses not allocable to sales
expense, filing and other fees.

OTHER CHARGES.  Because the Sub-Accounts purchase shares of the Underlying
Portfolios, the value of the net assets of the Sub-Accounts will reflect the
investment advisory fee and other expenses incurred by the Underlying
Portfolios. The prospectuses and SAI for the Fund contain additional information
concerning expenses of the Underlying Portfolios.

B.  CONTRACT FEE

A $35 Contract fee (a lower fee may apply in some states) currently is deducted
during the accumulation phase, on the Contract anniversary date and upon full
surrender of the Contract if the Accumulated Value on any of these dates is less
than $75,000.

Where Contract value has been allocated to more than one account, a percentage
of the total Contract fee will be deducted from the value in each account. The
portion of the charge deducted from each account will be equal to the percentage
which the value in that account bears to the Accumulated Value under the
Contract. The deduction of the Contract fee from a Sub-Account will result in
cancellation of a number of Accumulation Units equal in value to the portion of
the charge deducted from that Sub-Account.

Where permitted by law, the Contract fee also may be waived for Contracts where,
on the Issue Date, either the Owner or the Annuitant is within the following
class of individuals: employees and registered representatives of any
broker-dealer which has entered into a sales agreement with the Company to sell
the Contract; employees of the Company, its affiliates and subsidiaries;
officers, directors, trustees and employees of any of the Underlying Portfolios;
investment managers or sub-advisers; and the spouses of and immediate family
members residing in the same household with such eligible persons. "Immediate
family members" means children, siblings, parents and grandparents.

C.  OPTIONAL RIDER CHARGE

Subject to state availability, the Company offers a rider that is available only
if elected by the Owner at issue. A separate monthly charge is made for the
Rider through a pro-rata reduction of the Accumulated Value of the Sub-Accounts,
the Fixed Account and the Guarantee Period Accounts. The pro-rata reduction is
based on the relative value that the Accumulation Units of the Sub-Accounts, the
dollar amounts in the Fixed Account and the dollar amounts in the Guarantee
Period Accounts bear to the total Accumulated Value.

                                       32
<PAGE>
The applicable charge for the Rider is assessed on the Accumulated Value on the
last day of each Contract month and, if applicable, on the date the Rider is
terminated, multiplied by 1/12th of the following annual percentage rate:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>
5% Enhanced Death Benefit With Annual Step-Up...............  0.25%
</TABLE>

For a description of the Rider, see "F. Death Benefit -- Optional Enhanced Death
Benefit Rider" under DESCRIPTION OF THE CONTRACT -- THE ACCUMULATION PHASE,
above.

D.  PREMIUM TAXES

Some states and municipalities impose a premium tax on variable annuity
contracts. State premium taxes currently range up to 3.5%. The Company makes a
charge for state and municipal premium taxes, when applicable, and deducts the
amount paid as a premium tax charge. The current practice of the Company is to
deduct the premium tax charge in one of two ways:

    1.  if the premium tax was paid by the Company when payments were received,
       the premium tax charge is deducted on a pro-rata basis when withdrawals
       are made, upon surrender of the Contract, or when annuity benefit
       payments begin (the Company reserves the right instead to deduct the
       premium tax charge for a Contract at the time payments are received); or

    2.  the premium tax charge is deducted when annuity benefit payments begin.

In no event will a deduction be taken before the Company has incurred a tax
liability under applicable state law.

If no amount for premium tax was deducted at the time the payment was received,
but subsequently tax is determined to be due prior to the Annuity Date, the
Company reserves the right to deduct the premium tax from the Contract value at
the time such determination is made.

E.  TRANSFER CHARGE

The Company currently does not assess a charge for processing transfers. The
Company guarantees that the first 12 transfers in a Contract year will be free
of a transfer charge, but reserves the right to assess a charge, guaranteed
never to exceed $25, for each subsequent transfer in a Contract year to
reimburse it for the expense of processing transfers. For more information, see
"D. Transfer Privilege" under DESCRIPTION OF THE CONTRACT -- THE ACCUMULATION
PHASE and "E. Transfers of Annuity Units" under ANNUITIZATION -- THE PAYOUT
PHASE.

                           GUARANTEE PERIOD ACCOUNTS

Due to certain exemptive and exclusionary provisions in the securities laws,
interests in the Guarantee Period Accounts and the Company's Fixed Account are
not registered as an investment company under the provisions of the 1933 Act or
the 1940 Act. Accordingly, the staff of the SEC has not reviewed the disclosures
in this Prospectus relating to the Guarantee Period Accounts or the Fixed
Account. Nevertheless, disclosures regarding the Guarantee Period Accounts and
the Fixed Account of this Contract or any fixed benefits offered under these
accounts may be subject to the provisions of the 1933 Act relating to the
accuracy and completeness of statements made in the Prospectus.

INVESTMENT OPTIONS.  In most jurisdictions, Guarantee Periods ranging from two
through ten years may be available. Each Guarantee Period established for the
Owner is accounted for separately in a non-unitized segregated account except in
California where it is accounted for in the Company's General Account. Each
Guarantee Period Account provides for the accumulation of interest at a
Guaranteed Interest Rate. The Guaranteed Interest Rate on amounts allocated or
transferred to a Guarantee Period Account is determined from time to time by the
Company in accordance with market conditions. Once an interest rate is in effect
for a

                                       33
<PAGE>
Guarantee Period Account, however, the Company may not change it during the
duration of its Guarantee Period. In no event will the Guaranteed Interest Rate
be less than 3%. The Guarantee Period Accounts are not available in New York,
Oregon, Maryland, and Pennsylvania.

To the extent permitted by law, the Company reserves the right at any time to
offer Guarantee Periods with durations that differ from those which were
available when a Contract initially was issued and to stop accepting new
allocations, transfers or renewals to a particular Guarantee Period.

Owners may allocate net payments or make transfers from any of the Sub-Accounts,
the Fixed Account or an existing Guarantee Period Account to establish a new
Guarantee Period Account at any time prior to the Annuity Date. Transfers from a
Guarantee Period Account on any date other than on the day following the
expiration of that Guarantee Period will be subject to a Market Value
Adjustment. The Company establishes a separate investment account each time the
Owner allocates or transfers amounts to a Guarantee Period except that amounts
allocated to the same Guarantee Period on the same day will be treated as one
Guarantee Period Account. The minimum that may be allocated to establish a
Guarantee Period Account is $1,000. If less than $1,000 is allocated, the
Company reserves the right to apply that amount to the Money Market Sub-Account.
The Owner may allocate amounts to any of the Guarantee Periods available.

At least 45 days, but not more than 75 days, prior to the end of a Guarantee
Period, the Company will notify the Owner in writing of the expiration of that
Guarantee Period. At the end of a Guarantee Period the Owner may transfer
amounts to the Sub-Accounts, the Fixed Account or establish a new Guarantee
Period Account of any duration then offered by the Company without a Market
Value Adjustment. If reallocation instructions are not received at the Principal
Office before the end of a Guarantee Period, the account value automatically
will be applied to a new Guarantee Period Account with the same duration at the
then current rate unless (1) less than $1,000 would remain in the Guarantee
Period Account on the expiration date, or (2) unless the Guarantee Period would
extend beyond the Annuity Date or is no longer available. In such cases, the
Guarantee Period Account value will be transferred to the Sub-Account investing
in the Money Market Sub-Account. Where amounts have been renewed automatically
in a new Guarantee Period, it is the Company's current practice to give the
Owner an additional 30 days to transfer out of the Guarantee Period Account
without application of a Market Value Adjustment.

MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT.  No Market Value Adjustment will be applied to
transfers, withdrawals, or surrender from a Guarantee Period Account on the
expiration of its Guarantee Period. In addition, no negative Market Value
Adjustment will be applied to a death benefit although a positive Market Value
Adjustment, if any, will be applied to increase the value of the death benefit
when based on the Contract's Accumulated Value. See "F. Death Benefit." All
other transfers, withdrawals, or a surrender prior to the end of a Guarantee
Period will be subject to a Market Value Adjustment, which may increase or
decrease the value. Amounts applied under an annuity option are treated as
withdrawals when calculating the Market Value Adjustment. The Market Value
Adjustment will be determined by multiplying the amount taken from each
Guarantee Period Account by the market value factor. The market value factor for
each Guarantee Period Account is equal to:

                            [(1+i)/(1+j)](n/365) - 1

        where:  i  is the Guaranteed Interest Rate expressed as a decimal for
                   example: (3% = 0.03) being credited to the current Guarantee
                   Period;

               j  is the new Guaranteed Interest Rate, expressed as a decimal,
                  for a Guarantee Period with a duration equal to the number of
                  years remaining in the current Guarantee Period, rounded to
                  the next higher number of whole years. If that rate is not
                  available, the Company will use a suitable rate or index
                  allowed by the Department of Insurance; and

               n  is the number of days remaining from the Effective Valuation
                  Date to the end of the current Guarantee Period.

                                       34
<PAGE>
Based on the application of this formula, the value of a Guarantee Period
Account will increase after the Market Value Adjustment is applied if the then
current market rates are lower than the rate being credited to the Guarantee
Period Account. Similarly, the value of a Guarantee Period Account will decrease
after the Market Value Adjustment is applied if the then current market rates
are higher than the rate being credited to the Guarantee Period Account. The
Market Value Adjustment is limited; however, so that even if the account value
is decreased after application of a Market Value Adjustment, it will equal or
exceed the Owner's principal plus 3% earnings per year less applicable Contract
fees. Conversely, if the then current market rates are lower and the account
value is increased after the Market Value Adjustment is applied, the increase in
value is also affected by the minimum guaranteed rate of 3%. The amount that
will be added to the Guarantee Period Account is limited to the difference
between the amount earned and the 3% minimum guaranteed earnings. For examples
of how the Market Value Adjustment works, See APPENDIX C -- THE MARKET VALUE
ADJUSTMENT.

BUILD WITH INTEREST AND GROWTH PROGRAM.  Under this feature, the Owner elects a
Guarantee Period and one or more Sub-Accounts. The Company will then compute the
proportion of the initial payment that must be allocated to the Guarantee Period
selected, assuming no transfers or withdrawals, in order to ensure that the
value in the Guarantee Period Account on the last day of the Guarantee Period
will equal the amount of the entire initial payment. The required amount then
will be allocated to the pre-selected Guarantee Period Account and the remaining
balance to the other investment options selected by the Owner in accordance with
the procedures described in "A. Payments" under DESCRIPTION OF THE CONTRACT --
THE ACCUMULATION PHASE.

WITHDRAWALS.  Prior to the Annuity Date, the Owner may make withdrawals of
amounts held in the Guarantee Period Accounts. Withdrawals from these accounts
will be made in the same manner and be subject to the same rules as set forth
under "E. Surrender and Withdrawals." In addition, the following provisions also
apply to withdrawals from a Guarantee Period Account: (1) a Market Value
Adjustment will apply to all withdrawals unless made at the end of the Guarantee
Period; and (2) the Company reserves the right to defer payments of amounts
withdrawn from a Guarantee Period Account for up to six months from the date it
receives the withdrawal request. If deferred for 30 days or more, the Company
will pay interest on the amount deferred at a rate of at least 3%.

In the event that a Market Value Adjustment applies to a withdrawal of a portion
of the value of a Guarantee Period Account, it will be calculated on the amount
requested and deducted from or added to the amount withdrawn.

                           FEDERAL TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The effect of federal income taxes on the value of a Contract, on withdrawals or
surrenders, on annuity benefit payments, and on the economic benefit to the
Owner, Annuitant, or beneficiary depends upon a variety of factors. The
following discussion is based upon the Company's understanding of current
federal income tax laws as they are interpreted as of the date of this
Prospectus. No representation is made regarding the likelihood of continuation
of current federal income tax laws or of current interpretations by the IRS. In
addition, this discussion does not address state or local tax consequences that
may be associated with the Contract.

IT SHOULD BE RECOGNIZED THAT THE FOLLOWING DISCUSSION OF FEDERAL INCOME TAX
ASPECTS OF AMOUNTS RECEIVED UNDER VARIABLE ANNUITY CONTRACTS IS NOT EXHAUSTIVE,
DOES NOT PURPORT TO COVER ALL SITUATIONS, AND IS NOT INTENDED AS TAX ADVICE. A
QUALIFIED TAX ADVISER ALWAYS SHOULD BE CONSULTED WITH REGARD TO THE APPLICATION
OF LAW TO INDIVIDUAL CIRCUMSTANCES.

                                       35
<PAGE>
A.  GENERAL

THE COMPANY.  The Company intends to make a charge for any effect which the
income, assets, or existence of the Contract, the Variable Account or the
Sub-Accounts may have upon its tax. The Variable Account presently is not
subject to tax, but the Company reserves the right to assess a charge for taxes
should the Variable Account at any time become subject to tax. Any charge for
taxes will be assessed on a fair and equitable basis in order to preserve equity
among classes of Owners and with respect to each separate account as though that
separate account was a separate taxable entity.

The Variable Account is considered a part of and taxed with the operations of
the Company. The Company is taxed as a life insurance company under Subchapter L
of the Code. The Company files a consolidated tax return with its affiliates.

DIVERSIFICATION REQUIREMENTS.  The IRS has issued regulations under Section
817(h) of the Code relating to the diversification requirements for variable
annuity and variable life insurance contracts. The regulations prescribed by the
Treasury Department provide that the investments of a segregated asset account
underlying a variable annuity contract are adequately diversified if no more
than 55% of the value of its assets is represented by any one investment, no
more than 70% by any two investments, no more than 80% by any three investments,
and no more than 90% by any four investments. Under this section of the Code, if
the investments are not adequately diversified, the Contract will not be treated
as an annuity contract, and therefore the income on the Contract, for any
taxable year of the Owner, would be treated as ordinary income received or
accrued by the Owner. It is anticipated that the Underlying Portfolios will
comply with the current diversification requirements. In the event that future
IRS regulations and/or rulings would require Contract modifications in order to
remain in compliance with the diversification standards, the Company will make
reasonable efforts to comply, and it reserves the right to make such changes as
it deems appropriate for that purpose.

INVESTOR CONTROL.  In order for a variable annuity contract to qualify for tax
deferral, the Company, and not the variable contract owner, must be considered
to be the owner for tax purposes of the assets in the segregated asset account
underlying the variable annuity contract. In certain circumstances, however,
variable annuity contract owners may now be considered the owners of these
assets for federal income tax purposes. Specifically, the IRS has stated in
published rulings that a variable annuity contract owner may be considered the
owner of segregated account assets if the contract owner possesses incidents of
ownership in those assets, such as the ability to exercise investment control
over the assets. The Treasury Department has also announced, in connection with
the issuance of regulations concerning investment diversification, that those
regulations do not provide guidance governing the circumstances in which
investor control of the investments of a segregated asset account may cause the
investor (i.e., the contract owner), rather than the insurance company, to be
treated as the owner of the assets in the account. This announcement also states
that guidance would be issued by way of regulations or rulings on the "extent to
which policyholders may direct their investments to particular sub-accounts
without being treated as owners of the underlying assets." As of the date of
this Prospectus, no such guidance has been issued. The Company therefore
additionally reserves the right to modify the Contract as necessary in order to
attempt to prevent a contract owner from being considered the owner of a pro
rata share of the assets of the segregated asset account underlying the variable
annuity contracts.

B.  QUALIFIED AND NON-QUALIFIED CONTRACTS

From a federal tax viewpoint there are two types of variable annuity contracts,
"qualified contracts" and "non-qualified" contracts. A qualified contract is one
that is purchased in connection with a retirement plan which meets the
requirements of Sections 408 and 408A of the Code, while a non-qualified
contract is one that is not purchased in connection with one of the indicated
retirement plans. The tax treatment for certain withdrawals or surrenders will
vary, depending on whether they are made from a qualified contract or a non-
qualified contract. For more information on the tax provisions applicable to
qualified contracts, see "E. Individual Retirement Annuities" below.

                                       36
<PAGE>
C.  TAXATION OF THE CONTRACT IN GENERAL

The Company believes that the Contract described in this Prospectus will, with
certain exceptions (see "Nonnatural Owner" below), be considered an annuity
contract under Section 72 of the Code. Please note, however, if the Owner
chooses an Annuity Date beyond the Owner's 85th birthday, it is possible that
the Contract may not be considered an annuity for tax purposes, and therefore,
the Owner will be taxed on the annual increase in Accumulated Value. The Owner
should consult tax and financial advisors for more information. This section
governs the taxation of annuities. The following discussion concerns annuities
subject to Section 72.

WITHDRAWALS PRIOR TO ANNUITIZATION.  With certain exceptions, any increase in
the Contract's Accumulated Value is not taxable to the Owner until it is
withdrawn from the Contract. Under the current provisions of the Code, amounts
received under an annuity contract prior to annuitization (including payments
made upon the death of the annuitant or owner), generally are first attributable
to any investment gains credited to the contract over the taxpayer's "investment
in the contract." Such amounts will be treated as gross income subject to
federal income taxation. "Investment in the contract" is the total of all
payments to the Contract which were not excluded from the Owner's gross income
less any amounts previously withdrawn which were not included in income. Section
72(e)(11)(A)(ii) requires that all non-qualified deferred annuity contracts
issued by the same insurance company to the same owner during a single calendar
year be treated as one contract in determining taxable distributions.

WITHDRAWALS AFTER ANNUITIZATION.  A withdrawal from a qualified or non-qualified
Contract may create significant adverse tax consequences. It is possible that
the Internal Revenue Service may take the view that when withdrawals (other than
annuity payments) are taken during the annuity payout phase of the Contract, all
amounts received by the taxpayer may be taxable at ordinary income rates as
amounts "not received as an annuity." In addition, such amounts may be taxable
to the recipient without regard to the Owner's investment in the Contract or any
investment gain that might be present in the current Annuity Value.

For example, assume that a Contract owner with a Contract Value of $100,000 of
which $90,000 is comprised of investment in the Contract and $10,000 is
investment gain, makes a withdrawal of $20,000 during the annuity payout phase.
Under this view, the Contract owner would pay income taxes on the entire $20,000
amount in that tax year. For some taxpayers, such as those under age 59 1/2,
additional tax penalties may also apply.

OWNERS OF QUALIFIED AND NON-QUALIFIED CONTRACTS SHOULD CONSIDER CAREFULLY THE
TAX IMPLICATIONS OF ANY WITHDRAWAL REQUESTS AND THEIR NEED FOR CONTRACT FUNDS
PRIOR TO THE EXERCISE OF THE WITHDRAWAL RIGHT. CONTRACT OWNERS SHOULD ALSO
CONTACT THEIR TAX ADVISER PRIOR TO MAKING WITHDRAWALS.

ANNUITY PAYOUTS AFTER ANNUITIZATION.  When annuity benefit payments begin under
the Contract, generally a portion of each payment may be excluded from gross
income. The excludable portion generally is determined by a formula that
establishes the ratio that the investment in the Contract bears to the expected
return under the Contract. The portion of the payment in excess of this
excludable amount is taxable as ordinary income. Once all the investment in the
Contract is recovered, the entire payment is taxable. If the annuitant dies
before cost basis is recovered, a deduction for the difference is allowed on the
Owner's final tax return.

PENALTY ON DISTRIBUTION.  A 10% penalty tax may be imposed on the withdrawal of
investment gains if the withdrawal is made prior to age 59 1/2. The penalty tax
will not be imposed on withdrawals:

    - taken on or after age 59 1/2; or

    - if the withdrawal follows the death of the Owner (or, if the Owner is not
      an individual, the death of the primary Annuitant, as defined in the
      Code); or

                                       37
<PAGE>
    - in the case of the Owner's "total disability" (as defined in the Code); or

    - irrespective of age, if the amount received is one of a series of
      "substantially equal" periodic payments made at least annually for the
      life or life expectancy of the payee.

The requirement of "substantially equal" periodic payments is met when the Owner
elects to have distributions made over the Owner's life expectancy, or over the
joint life expectancy of the Owner and beneficiary. The requirement is also met
when the number of units withdrawn to make each distribution is substantially
the same. Any modification, other than by reason of death or disability, of
distributions which are part of a series of substantially equal periodic
payments that occurs before the later of the Owner's age 59 1/2 or five years,
will subject the Owner to the 10% penalty tax on the prior distributions.

In a Private Letter Ruling, the IRS took the position that where distributions
from a variable annuity contract were determined by amortizing the accumulated
value of the contract over the taxpayer's remaining life expectancy, and the
option could be changed or terminated at any time, the distributions failed to
qualify as part of a "series of substantially equal payments" within the meaning
of Section 72 of the Code. The distributions, therefore, were subject to the 10%
federal penalty tax. This Private Letter Ruling may be applicable to an Owner
who receives distributions under any LED-type option prior to age 59 1/2
Subsequent Private Letter Rulings, however, have treated LED-type withdrawal
programs as effectively avoiding the 10% penalty tax. The position of the IRS on
this issue is unclear.

ASSIGNMENTS OR TRANSFERS.  If the Owner transfers (assigns) the Contract to
another individual as a gift prior to the Annuity Date, the Code provides that
the Owner will incur taxable income at the time of the transfer. An exception is
provided for certain transfers between spouses. The amount of taxable income
upon such taxable transfer is equal to any investment gain in value over the
Owner's cost basis at the time of the transfer. The transfer also is subject to
federal gift tax provisions.

NONNATURAL OWNERS.  As a general rule, deferred annuity contracts owned by
"nonnatural persons" (e.g., a corporation) are not treated as annuity contracts
for federal tax purposes, and the investment income attributable to
contributions made after February 28, 1986 is taxed as ordinary income that is
received or accrued by the owner during the taxable year. This rule does not
apply to annuity contracts purchased with a single payment when the annuity date
is no later than a year from the Issue Date or to deferred annuities owned by
qualified employer plans, estates, employers with respect to a terminated
pension plan, and entities other than employers, such as a trust, holding an
annuity as an agent for a natural person. This exception, however, will not
apply in cases of any employer who is the owner of an annuity contract under a
non-qualified deferred compensation plan.

DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLANS OF STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENTS AND TAX-EXEMPT
ORGANIZATIONS. Under Section 457 of the Code, deferred compensation plans
established by governmental and certain other tax-exempt employers for their
employees may invest in annuity contracts. Contributions and investment earnings
are not taxable to employees until distributed; however, with respect to
payments made after February 28, 1986, a Contract owned by a state or local
government or a tax-exempt organization will not be treated as an annuity under
Section 72 as well.

D.  TAX WITHHOLDING

The Code requires withholding with respect to payments or distributions from
non-qualified contracts and IRAs, unless a taxpayer elects not to have
withholding. A 20% withholding requirement applies to distributions from most
other qualified contracts. In addition, the Code requires reporting to the IRS
of the amount of income received with respect to payment or distributions from
annuities.

                                       38
<PAGE>
E.  INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT ANNUITIES

Sections 408 and 408A of the Code permits eligible individuals to contribute to
an individual retirement program known as an Individual Retirement Annuity
("IRA"). Note: This term covers all IRAs permitted under Sections 408 and 408A
of the Code, including Roth IRAs. IRAs are subject to limits on the amounts that
may be contributed, the persons who may be eligible, and on the time when
distributions may commence. In addition, certain distributions from other types
of retirement plans may be "rolled over," on a tax-deferred basis, to an IRA.
Purchasers of an IRA Contract will be provided with supplementary information as
may be required by the IRS or other appropriate agency, and will have the right
to cancel the Contract as described in this Prospectus. See "C. Right to
Cancel."

Eligible employers that meet specified criteria may establish simplified
employee pension plans (SEP-IRAs) for their employees using IRAs. Employer
contributions that may be made to such plans are larger than the amounts that
may be contributed to regular IRAs and may be deductible to the employer.

                             STATEMENTS AND REPORTS

An Owner is sent a report semi-annually which provides certain financial
information about the Underlying Portfolios. At least annually, but possibly as
frequently as quarterly, the Company will furnish a statement to the Owner
containing information about his or her Contract, including Accumulation Unit
Values and other information as required by applicable law, rules and
regulations. The Company will also send a confirmation statement to Owners each
time a transaction is made affecting the Contract Value. (Certain transactions
made under recurring payment plans may in the future be confirmed quarterly
rather than by immediate confirmations.) The Owner should review the information
in all statements carefully. All errors or corrections must be reported to the
Company immediately to assure proper crediting to the Contract. The Company will
assume that all transactions are accurately reported on confirmation statements
and quarterly/annual statements unless the Owner notifies the Principal Office
in writing within 30 days after receipt of the statement.

               ADDITION, DELETION OR SUBSTITUTION OF INVESTMENTS

The Company reserves the right, subject to applicable law, to make additions to,
deletions from, or substitutions for the shares that are held in the
Sub-Accounts or that the Sub-Accounts may purchase. If the shares of any
Underlying Portfolio no longer are available for investment or if, in the
Company's judgment, further investment in any Underlying Portfolio should become
inappropriate in view of the purposes of the Variable Account or the affected
Sub-Account, the Company may withdraw the shares of that Underlying Portfolio
and substitute shares of another registered open-end management company. The
Company will not substitute any shares attributable to a Contract interest in a
Sub-Account without notice to the Owner and prior approval of the SEC and state
insurance authorities, to the extent required by the 1940 Act or other
applicable law. The Variable Account may, to the extent permitted by law,
purchase other securities for other contracts or permit a conversion between
contracts upon request by an Owner.

The Company also reserves the right to establish additional Sub-Accounts of the
Variable Account, each of which would invest in shares corresponding to a new
Underlying Portfolio or in shares of another investment company having a
specified investment objective. Subject to applicable law and any required SEC
approval, the Company may, in its sole discretion, establish new Sub-Accounts or
eliminate one or more Sub-Accounts if marketing needs, tax considerations or
investment conditions warrant. Any new Sub-Accounts may be made available to
existing Owners on a basis to be determined by the Company.

Shares of the Underlying Portfolios also are issued to variable accounts of the
Company and its affiliates which issue variable life contracts ("mixed
funding"). Shares of the Underlying Portfolios also are issued to other
unaffiliated insurance companies ("shared funding"). It is conceivable that in
the future such mixed funding or shared funding may be disadvantageous for
variable life owners or variable annuity owners. Although the Company and the
Fund do not currently foresee any such disadvantages to either variable life
insurance owners or variable annuity owners, the Company and the respective
trustees intend to monitor

                                       39
<PAGE>
events in order to identify any material conflicts between such owners, and to
determine what action, if any, should be taken in response thereto. If the
trustees were to conclude that separate funds should be established for variable
life and variable annuity separate accounts, the Company will bear the attendant
expenses.

If any of these substitutions or changes is made, the Company may endorse the
Contract to reflect the substitution or change, and will notify Owners of all
such changes. If the Company deems it to be in the best interest of Owners, and
subject to any approvals that may be required under applicable law, the Variable
Account or any Sub-Account(s) may be operated as a management company under the
1940 Act, may be deregistered under the 1940 Act if registration is no longer
required, or may be combined with other Sub-Accounts or other separate accounts
of the Company.

The Company reserves the right, subject to compliance with applicable law and to
the provisions of the Participation Agreements, to:

(1) transfer assets from the Variable Account or Sub-Account to another of the
    Company's variable accounts or sub-accounts having assets of the same class,

(2) to operate the Variable Account or any Sub-Account as a management
    investment company under the 1940 Act or in any other form permitted by law,

(3) to deregister the Variable Account under the 1940 Act in accordance with the
    requirements of the 1940 Act,

(4) to substitute the shares of any other registered investment company for the
    Portfolio shares held by a Sub-Account, in the event that Portfolio shares
    are unavailable for investment, or if the Company determines that further
    investment in such Portfolio shares is inappropriate in view of the purpose
    of the Sub-Account,

(5) to change the methodology for determining the net investment factor, and

(6) to change the names of the Variable Account or of the Sub-Accounts. In no
    event will the changes described be made without notice to Owners in
    accordance with the 1940 Act.

                   CHANGES TO COMPLY WITH LAW AND AMENDMENTS

The Company reserves the right, without the consent of Owners, to suspend sales
of the Contract as presently offered, and to make any change to provisions of
the Contract to comply with, or give Owners the benefit of, any federal or state
statute, rule or regulation (or any laws, regulations or rules of any
jurisdiction in which the Company is doing business), including but not limited
to requirements for annuity contracts and retirement plans under the Code and
pertinent regulations or any state statute or regulation. Any such changes will
apply uniformly to all Contracts that are affected. Owners will be given written
notice of such changes.

                                 VOTING RIGHTS

The Company will vote Underlying Portfolio shares held by each Sub-Account in
accordance with instructions received from Owners. Each person having a voting
interest in a Sub-Account will be provided with proxy materials of the
Underlying Portfolio, together with a form with which to give voting
instructions to the Company. Shares for which no timely instructions are
received will be voted in proportion to the instructions that are received. The
Company also will vote shares in a Sub-Account that it owns and which are not
attributable to Contracts in the same proportion. If the 1940 Act or any
rules thereunder should be amended or if the present interpretation of the 1940
Act or such rules should change, and as a result the Company determines that it
is permitted to vote shares in its own right, whether or not such shares are
attributable to the Contract, the Company reserves the right to do so.

The number of votes which an Owner may cast will be determined by the Company as
of the record date established by the Underlying Portfolio. During the
accumulation period, the number of Underlying Portfolio

                                       40
<PAGE>
shares attributable to each Owner will be determined by dividing the dollar
value of the Accumulation Units of the Sub-Account credited to the Contract by
the net asset value of one Underlying Portfolio share. During the annuity
period, the number of Underlying Portfolio shares attributable to each Owner
will be determined by dividing the reserve held in each Sub-Account for the
Owner's Variable Annuity by the net asset value of one Underlying Portfolio
share. Ordinarily, the Owner's voting interest in the Underlying Portfolio will
decrease as the reserve for the Variable Annuity is depleted.

                                  DISTRIBUTION

The Contracts offered by this Prospectus may be purchased from certain
independent broker-dealers which are registered under the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934 and members of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.
("NASD"). The Contract is also offered through Allmerica Investments, Inc.,
which is the principal underwriter and distributor of the Contracts. Allmerica
Investments, Inc., 440 Lincoln Street, Worcester, MA 01653, is a registered
broker-dealer, a member of the NASD and an indirectly wholly owned subsidiary of
First Allmerica.

The Company does not pay commissions to representatives of Allmerica
Investments, Inc. or to independent broker-dealers who sell the Contract.
However, a representative of Allmerica Investments, Inc. or an independent
broker-dealer may assess an advisory fee as compensation for his or her
services. To the extent permitted by NASD rules, promotional incentives or
payments may be provided to such broker-dealers based on sales volumes, the
assumption of wholesaling functions, or other sales-related criteria. Additional
payments may be made for other services not directly related to the sale of the
Contract, including the recruitment and training of personnel, production of
promotional literature, and similar services.

The Company intends to recoup the cost of promotional and other sales expenses
through profits from the Company's General Account, which may include amounts
derived from mortality and risk charges.

Owners may direct any inquiries to their financial representative or to
Allmerica Investments, Inc., 440 Lincoln Street, Worcester, MA 01653, telephone
1-800-688-9915.

                                 LEGAL MATTERS

There are no legal proceedings pending to which the Variable Account is a party,
or to which the assets of the Variable Account are subject. The Company and the
Principal Underwriter are not involved in any litigation that is of material
importance in relation to its total assets or that relates to the Separate
Account.

                              YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE

The Year 2000 issue is the result of computer programs being written using two
digits rather than four to define the applicable year. Any of the Company's
computer programs that have date-sensitive software may recognize a date using
"00" as the year 1900 rather than the year 2000. This could result in a system
failure or miscalculations causing disruptions of operations, including, among
other things, a temporary inability to process transactions, send invoices or
engage in similar normal business activities.

Based on a third party assessment, the Company determined that significant
portions of its software required modification or replacement to enable its
computer systems to properly process dates beyond December 31, 1999. The Company
has completed the process of modifying or replacing existing software and
believes that this action will resolve the Year 2000 issue. However, should
there be serious unanticipated interruptions from unknown sources, the Year 2000
issue could have a material adverse impact on the operations of the Company.
Specifically, the Company could experience, among other things, an interruption
in its ability to collect and process premiums, process claim payments,
safeguard and manage its invested assets, accurately maintain policyholder
information, accurately maintain accounting records, and perform customer
service. Any of

                                       41
<PAGE>
these specific events, depending on duration, could have a material adverse
impact on the results of operations and the financial position of the Company.

The Company is engaged in formal communications with all of its significant
suppliers to determine the extent to which the Company is vulnerable to those
third parties' failure to remediate their own Year 2000 issue. The Company's
total Year 2000 project cost and estimates to complete the project include the
estimated costs and time associated with the Company's involvement on a third
party's Year 2000 program, and are based on presently available information.
However, there can be no guarantee that the systems of other companies on which
the Company's systems rely will be timely converted, or that a failure to
convert by another company, or a conversion that is incompatible with the
Company's systems, would not have material adverse effect on the Company. The
Company does not believe that it has material exposure to contingencies related
to the Year 2000 issue for the products it has sold. Although the Company does
not believe that there is a material contingency associated with the Year 2000
issue, there can be no assurance that exposure for material contingencies will
not arise.

The cost of the Year 2000 project is being expensed as incurred and is being
funded primarily through a reallocation of resources from discretionary projects
and a reduction in systems maintenance and support costs. Therefore, the Year
2000 project is not expected to result in any significant incremental technology
cost and is not expected to have a material effect on the results of operations.
The Company and its affiliates have incurred and expensed approximately $59
million related to the assessment, plan development and substantial completion
of the Year 2000 project through June 30, 1999. The total remaining cost of the
project is estimated between $10-$20 million.

                              FURTHER INFORMATION

A Registration Statement under the 1933 Act relating to this offering has been
filed with the SEC. Certain portions of the Registration Statement and
amendments have been omitted in this Prospectus pursuant to the rules and
regulations of the SEC. The omitted information may be obtained from the SEC's
principal office in Washington, D.C., upon payment of the SEC's prescribed fees.

                                       42
<PAGE>
                                   APPENDIX A
                    MORE INFORMATION ABOUT THE FIXED ACCOUNT

Because of exemption and exclusionary provisions in the securities laws,
interests in the Fixed Account generally are not subject to regulation under the
provisions of the 1933 Act or the 1940 Act. Disclosures regarding the fixed
portion of the annuity Contract and the Fixed Account may be subject to the
provisions of the 1933 Act concerning the accuracy and completeness of
statements made in this Prospectus. The disclosures in this APPENDIX A have not
been reviewed by the SEC.

The Fixed Account is part of the Company's General Account which is made up of
all of the general assets of the Company other than those allocated to a
separate account. Allocations to the Fixed Account become part of the assets of
the Company and are used to support insurance and annuity obligations. A portion
or all of net payments may be allocated to accumulate at a fixed rate of
interest in the Fixed Account. Such net amounts are guaranteed by the Company as
to principal and a minimum rate of interest. Under the Contract, the minimum
interest which may be credited on amounts allocated to the Fixed Account is 3%
compounded annually. Additional "Excess Interest" may or may not be credited at
the sole discretion of the Company.

STATE RESTRICTIONS.  In Massachusetts, payments and transfers to the Fixed
Account are subject to the following restrictions:

       If a Contract is issued prior to the Annuitant's 60th birthday,
       allocations to the Fixed Account will be permitted until the
       Annuitant's 61st birthday. On and after the Annuitant's 61st
       birthday, no additional Fixed Account allocations will be
       accepted. If a Contract is issued on or after the Annuitant's 60th
       birthday, up through and including the Annuitant's 81st birthday,
       Fixed Account allocations will be permitted during the first
       Contract year. On and after the first Contract anniversary, no
       additional allocations to the Fixed Account will be permitted. If
       a Contract is issued after the Annuitant's 81st birthday, no
       payments to the Fixed Account will be permitted at any time.

In Oregon, no payments to the Fixed Account will be permitted if a Contract is
issued after the Annuitant's 81st birthday. If an allocation designated as a
Fixed Account allocation is received at the Principal Office during a period
when the Fixed Account is not available due to the limitations outlined above,
the monies will be allocated to the Money Market Sub-Account.

ENHANCED AUTOMATIC TRANSFER (DOLLAR COST AVERAGING) PROGRAMS.  To the extent
permitted by law, the Company reserves the right to offer Enhanced Automatic
Transfer Program(s) from time to time. If you elect to participate, the Company
will credit an enhanced interest rate to payments made to the Enhanced Automatic
Transfer Program. Eligible payments:

    - must be new payments to the Contract, including the initial payment,

    - must be allocated to the Fixed Account, which will be the source account,

    - must be automatically transferred out of the Fixed Account to one or more
      Sub-Accounts over a specified time period and

    - will receive the enhanced rate while they remain in the Fixed Account.

You may be able to establish more than one Enhanced Automatic Transfer Program.
Payments made to the Contract during the same month will be part of the same
Enhanced Automatic Transfer Program if the length of the time period is the same
and the enhanced rate is the same. The allocation for all of the amounts in the
same program will be in accordance with the instructions for the most recent
payment to this program. The monthly transfer will be made on the date
designated for the initial payment to this program. The amount allocated will be
determined by dividing the amount in the program by the number of remaining
months. For example, for a six-month program, the first automatic transfer will
be 1/6th of the balance; the second automatic transfer will be 1/5th of the
balance, and so on.

Payments to different Enhanced Automatic Transfer Programs will be handled in
accordance with the instructions for each particular program.

                                      A-1
<PAGE>
                                   APPENDIX B
                            PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

This Contract was first offered to the public in ____. However, in order to help
people understand how investment performance can affect money invested in the
Sub-Accounts, the Company may advertise "total return" and "average annual total
return" performance information based on (1) the periods that the Sub-Accounts
have been in existence and (2) the periods that the Underlying Portfolios have
been in existence. Performance results in the Tables reflect the applicable
deductions for the Contract fee, Sub-Account charges and Underlying Portfolio
charges under this Contract and also assume that the Contract is surrendered at
the end of the applicable period. The Tables do not include optional Rider
Charges. Both the total return and yield figures are based on historical
earnings and are not intended to indicate future performance.

The "total return" of a Sub-Account refers to the total of the income generated
by an investment in the Sub-Account and of the changes in the value of the
principal (due to realized and unrealized capital gains or losses) for a
specified period, reduced by Variable Account charges, and expressed as a
percentage. The "average annual total" return represents the average annual
percentage change in the value of an investment in the Sub-Account over a given
period of time. It represents averaged figures as opposed to the actual
performance of a Sub-Account, which will vary from year to year.

The yield of the Sub-Account investing in the Money Market Portfolio refers to
the income generated by an investment in the Sub-Account over a seven-day period
(which period will be specified in the advertisement). This income is then
"annualized" by assuming that the income generated in the specific week is
generated over a 52-week period. This annualized yield is shown as a percentage
of the investment. The "effective yield" calculation is similar but, when
annualized, the income earned by an investment in the Sub-Account is assumed to
be reinvested. Thus the effective yield will be slightly higher than the yield
because of the compounding effect of this assumed reinvestment.

Quotations of average annual total return as shown in the Tables are calculated
in the manner prescribed by the SEC and show the percentage rate of return of a
hypothetical initial investment of $1,000 for the most recent one, five and ten
year period or for a period covering the time the Sub-Account has been in
existence, if less than the prescribed periods. The calculation is adjusted to
reflect the deduction of the annual Sub-Account asset charge of 0.65%, the
effect of the $35 annual Contract fee ($30 Contract fee for First Allmerica),
and the Underlying Portfolio charges which would be assessed if the investment
were completely withdrawn at the end of the specified period. The calculation is
not adjusted to reflect the deduction of any optional Rider charges.

For more detailed information about these performance calculations, including
actual formulas, see the SAI.

PERFORMANCE INFORMATION FOR ANY SUB-ACCOUNT REFLECTS ONLY THE PERFORMANCE OF A
HYPOTHETICAL INVESTMENT IN THE SUB-ACCOUNT DURING THE TIME PERIOD ON WHICH THE
CALCULATIONS ARE BASED. PERFORMANCE INFORMATION SHOULD BE CONSIDERED IN LIGHT OF
THE INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES AND RISK CHARACTERISTICS OF THE
UNDERLYING PORTFOLIO IN WHICH THE SUB-ACCOUNT INVESTS AND THE MARKET CONDITIONS
DURING THE GIVEN TIME PERIOD, AND SHOULD NOT BE CONSIDERED AS A REPRESENTATION
OF WHAT MAY BE ACHIEVED IN THE FUTURE.

                                      B-1
<PAGE>
Performance information for a Sub-Account may be compared, in reports and
promotional literature, to:

(1) the Standard & Poor's 500 Composite Stock Price Index ("S&P 500"), Dow Jones
    Industrial Average ("DJIA"), Shearson Lehman Aggregate Bond Index or other
    unmanaged indices, so that investors may compare the Sub-Account results
    with those of a group of unmanaged securities widely regarded by investors
    as representative of the securities markets in general; or

(2) other groups of variable annuity separate accounts or other investment
    products tracked by Lipper Analytical Services, a widely used independent
    research firm which ranks mutual funds and other investment products by
    overall performance, investment objectives, and assets, or tracked by other
    services, companies, publications, or persons, who rank such investment
    products on overall performance or other criteria; or

(3) the Consumer Price Index (a measure for inflation) to assess the real rate
    of return from an investment in the Sub-Account. Unmanaged indices may
    assume the reinvestment of dividends but generally do not reflect deductions
    for administrative and management costs and expenses. In addition, relevant
    broad-based indices and performance from independent sources may be used to
    illustrate the performance of certain Contract features.

At times, the Company may also advertise the ratings and other information
assigned to it by independent rating organizations such as A.M. Best Company
("A.M. Best"), Moody's Investors Service ("Moody's"), Standard & Poor's
Insurance Rating Services ("S&P") and Duff & Phelps. A.M. Best's and Moody's
ratings reflect their current opinion of the Company's relative financial
strength and operating performance in comparison to the norms of the life/health
insurance industry. S&P's and Duff & Phelps' ratings measure the ability of an
insurance company to meet its obligations under insurance policies it issues and
do not measure the ability of such companies to meet other non-policy
obligations. The ratings also do not relate to the performance of the Underlying
Portfolios.

                                      B-2
<PAGE>
             ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY
                  AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS OF SUB-ACCOUNT
                      FOR PERIODS ENDING DECEMBER 31, 1998
                      SINCE INCEPTION OF UNDERLYING FUND*
                (ASSUMING COMPLETE WITHDRAWAL OF THE INVESTMENT)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               SUB-ACCOUNT      FOR YEAR
                                                INCEPTION         ENDED        10 YEARS OR SINCE
SUB-ACCOUNT INVESTING IN UNDERLYING PORTFOLIO     DATE          12/31/98       INCEPTION IF LESS
- ---------------------------------------------  -----------   ---------------   -----------------
<S>                                            <C>           <C>               <C>
Emerging Markets............................     10/30/98               N/A               4.51%
Europe......................................     10/30/98               N/A               5.61%
International Growth........................       3/1/95             -4.22%              4.25%
Capital Growth..............................       3/1/95             -4.91%             12.24%
Growth Shares...............................     10/31/97             31.47%             28.63%
Real Estate Growth..........................      3/31/95            -19.54%             11.33%
Growth and Income...........................     10/31/97             25.03%             26.47%
Equity-Income...............................       3/1/95             20.74%             23.78%
Balanced....................................       3/1/95              1.70%             13.22%
Swiss Franc Bond............................      11/1/95              8.50%             -3.75%
Strategic Income............................          N/A               N/A                N/A
America Income..............................       3/1/95              7.18%              5.15%
Money Market................................       3/1/95              3.73%              3.79%
</TABLE>

                FIRST ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                  AVERAGE ANNUAL TOTAL RETURNS OF SUB-ACCOUNT
                      FOR PERIODS ENDING DECEMBER 31, 1998
                      SINCE INCEPTION OF UNDERLYING FUND*
                (ASSUMING COMPLETE WITHDRAWAL OF THE INVESTMENT)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               SUB-ACCOUNT      FOR YEAR
                                                INCEPTION         ENDED        10 YEARS OR SINCE
SUB-ACCOUNT INVESTING IN UNDERLYING PORTFOLIO     DATE          12/31/98       INCEPTION IF LESS
- ---------------------------------------------  -----------   ---------------   -----------------
<S>                                            <C>           <C>               <C>
Emerging Markets............................     10/30/98               N/A               4.55%
Europe......................................     10/30/98               N/A               5.65%
International Growth........................       3/1/95             -4.18%              4.29%
Capital Growth..............................       3/1/95             -4.87%             12.28%
Growth Shares...............................     10/31/97             31.51%             28.67%
Real Estate Growth..........................      3/31/95            -19.50%             11.37%
Growth and Income...........................     10/31/97             25.07%             26.51%
Equity-Income...............................       3/1/95             20.78%             23.82%
Balanced....................................       3/1/95              1.74%             13.26%
Swiss Franc Bond............................      11/1/95              8.54%             -3.71%
Strategic Income............................          N/A               N/A                N/A
America Income..............................       3/1/95              7.22%              5.19%
Money Market................................       3/1/95              3.77%              3.83%
</TABLE>

* While this Contract utilizes an existing Separate Account, the Sub-Accounts
are new so there are no historical figures available.

                                      B-3
<PAGE>
                                   APPENDIX C
                          THE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT

MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT

The market value factor is: [(1+i)/(1+j)] to the power of n/365 - 1

A payment of $50,000 is made on the Issue Date and no additional payments are
made. The following examples assume:

    1.  The payment was allocated to a ten-year Guarantee Period Account with a
       Guaranteed Interest Rate of 8%.

    2.  The date of surrender is seven years (2,555 days) from the expiration
       date.

    3.  The value of the Guarantee Period Account is equal to $62,985.60 at the
       end of three years.

    4.  No transfers or withdrawals affecting this Guarantee Period Account have
       been made.

    5.  Surrender charges, if any, are calculated in the same manner as shown in
       the examples in Part 1.

NEGATIVE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT (UNCAPPED)

Assume that on the date of surrender, the current rate (j) is 10.00% or 0.10

<TABLE>
<C>                          <C>  <S>
    The market value factor    =  [(1+i)/(1+j)] to the power of n/365 - 1

                               =  [(1+.08)/(1+.10)] to the power of 2555/365 - 1

                               =  (.98182) to the power of 7 - 1

                               =  -.12054

The market value adjustment    =  the market value factor multiplied by the withdrawal

                               =  -.12054 X $62,985.60

                               =  -$7,592.11
</TABLE>

POSITIVE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT (UNCAPPED)

Assume that on the date of surrender, the current rate (j) is 7.00% or 0.07

<TABLE>
<C>                          <C>  <S>
    The market value factor    =  [(1+i)/(1+j)] to the power of n/365 - 1

                               =  [(1+.08)/(1+.07)] to the power of 2555/365 - 1

                               =  (1.00935) to the power of 7 - 1

                               =  .06728

The market value adjustment    =  the market value factor multiplied by the withdrawal

                               =  .06728 X $62,985.60

                               =  $4,237.90
</TABLE>

                                      C-1
<PAGE>
NEGATIVE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT (CAPPED)

Assume that on the date of surrender, the current rate (j) is 11.00% or 0.11

<TABLE>
<C>                          <C>  <S>
    The market value factor    =  [(1+i)/(1+j)] to the power of n/365 - 1

                               =  [(1+.08)/(1+.11)] to the power of 2555/365 - 1

                               =  (.97297) to the power of 7 - 1

                               =  -.17454

The market value adjustment    =  Minimum of the market value factor multiplied by the
                                  withdrawal or the negative of the excess interest earned
                                  over 3%

                               =  Minimum (-.17454 X $62,985.60 or -$8,349.25)

                               =  Minimum (-$10,992.38 or -$8,349.25)

                               =  -$8,349.25
</TABLE>

POSITIVE MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT (CAPPED)

Assume that on the date of surrender, the current rate (j) is 5.00% or 0.05

<TABLE>
<C>                          <C>  <S>
    The market value factor    =  [(1+i)/(1+j)] to the power of n/365 - 1

                               =  [(1+.08)/(1+.05)] to the power of 2555/365 - 1

                               =  (1.02857) to the power of 7 - 1

                               =  .21798

The market value adjustment    =  Minimum of the market value factor multiplied by the
                                  withdrawal or the excess interest earned over 3%

                               =  Minimum of (.21798 X $62,985.60 or $8,349.25)

                               =  Minimum of ($13,729.78 or $8,349.25)

                               =  $8,349.25
</TABLE>

                                      C-2
<PAGE>
                                   APPENDIX D
         EXAMPLES OF PRESENT VALUE WITHDRAWALS AND PAYMENT WITHDRAWALS

Assume in the examples below that a 65-year-old male annuitizes his contract
exactly two years after the Issue Date. The annuitization amount is $250,000.
Further assume that he selects a variable Life with Period Certain annuity
payout option of Single Life with Payments Guaranteed for 10 Years, an Assumed
Investment Return ("AIR") of 3%, and an annual Change Frequency. Assume that the
Annuity Value purchases 1,370 Annuity Units and the first monthly annuity
benefit payment is equal to $1,370. The following examples assume a net return
of 8% (gross return of 8.6%).

PRESENT VALUE WITHDRAWALS

EXAMPLE 1.  Assume that the Owner has taken no previous withdrawals and would
like to take the maximum Present Value Withdrawal available at the beginning of
the tenth contract year (eighth year of the Annuity Payout phase).

       Annuity Units prior to withdrawal = 1,370
       Annuity Unit Value on the date of withdrawal = 1.39350
       Monthly Annuity Benefit Payment prior to withdrawal = $1,909.09

       Rate used in Present Value Determination = 3% (3% AIR)
       Present Value of Future Guaranteed Annuity Benefit Payments = $65,849.08

       Maximum Present Value Withdrawal Amount = $49,386.81 ($65,849.08 * 75%)

       Annuity Units after withdrawal = 342.50 (1,370 * (1 -
       (49,386.81/65,849.08)))
       Annuity Unit Value on the date of withdrawal = 1.39350
       Monthly Annuity Benefit Payment after withdrawal = $477.27

PAYMENT WITHDRAWALS

EXAMPLE 2.  Assume that the Owner has taken no previous withdrawals and would
like to take the maximum Payment Withdrawal of 10 monthly annuity benefit
payments at the beginning of the tenth contract year (eighth year of the Annuity
Payout phase).

       Last Monthly Annuity Benefit Payment = $1,820.71
       Withdrawal Amount = $18,207.10 (10 * 1,820.71)

       Annuity Units prior to withdrawal = 1,370
       Annuity Unit Value on the date of withdrawal = 1.39350
       Monthly Annuity Benefit Payment prior to withdrawal = $1,909.09

       Rate used in Present Value Determination = 3% (3% AIR)
       Present Value of Future Annuity Benefit Payments = $268,826.18

       Annuity Units after withdrawal = 1,272.71 (1,370 * (1 -
       (18,207.10/268,826.18)))
       Annuity Unit Value on the date of withdrawal = 1.39350
       Monthly Annuity Benefit Payment after withdrawal = $1,779.80

                                      D-1
<PAGE>

             ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY

                      STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

                                  OF

       FLEXIBLE PAYMENT DEFERRED VARIABLE AND FIXED ANNUITY CONTRACTS
                             FUNDED THROUGH

                            SUB-ACCOUNTS OF

                          SEPARATE ACCOUNT VA-P

           INVESTING IN SHARES OF PIONEER VARIABLE CONTRACTS TRUST






This Statement of Additional Information is not a prospectus. It should be
read in conjunction with the Pioneer No-Load Prospectus for Separate Account
VA-P dated ______, 1999 ("the Prospectus"). The Prospectus may be obtained
from Annuity Client Services, Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and Annuity
Company, 440 Lincoln Street, Worcester, Massachusetts 01653, Telephone
1-800-688-9915.




                          DATED ________, 1999








<PAGE>

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS


GENERAL INFORMATION AND HISTORY ........................................ 2

TAXATION OF THE CONTRACT, THE VARIABLE ACCOUNT AND
THE COMPANY   .......................................................... 3

SERVICES  .............................................................. 3

UNDERWRITERS  .......................................................... 3

ANNUITY BENEFIT PAYMENTS ............................................... 4

PERFORMANCE INFORMATION  ............................................... 5

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS ................................................... F-1


                  GENERAL INFORMATION AND HISTORY

Separate Account VA-P (the "Variable Account") is a separate investment
account of Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and Annuity Company (the
"Company") established by vote of its Board of Directors on October 27, 1994.
The Company is a life insurance company organized under the laws of Delaware
in July 1974. Its principal office (the "Principal Office") is located at 440
Lincoln Street, Worcester, Massachusetts 01653, telephone (508) 855-1000. The
Company is subject to the laws of the State of Delaware governing insurance
companies and to regulation by the Commissioner of Insurance of Delaware. In
addition, the Company is subject to the insurance laws and regulations of
other states and jurisdictions in which it is licensed to operate. As of
December 31, 1998, the Company had over $14 billion in assets and over $26
billion of life insurance in force.

Effective October 1, 1995, the Company changed its name from SMA Life
Assurance Company to Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and Annuity Company.
The Company is a wholly owned subsidiary of First Allmerica Financial Life
Insurance Company ("First Allmerica") which, in turn, is a wholly owned
subsidiary of Allmerica Financial Corporation ("AFC"). First Allmerica,
originally organized under the laws of Massachusetts in 1844 as a mutual life
insurance company, and known as State Mutual Life Assurance Company of
America, converted to a stock life insurance company and adopted its present
name on October 16, 1995. First Allmerica is among the five oldest life
insurance companies in America. As of December 31, 1998, First Allmerica and
its subsidiaries (including the Company) had over $27 billion in combined
assets and over $48 billion in life insurance in force.

Thirteen Sub-Accounts of the Variable Account are available under the Pioneer
No-Load contract (the "Contract"). Each Sub-Account invests in a
corresponding investment portfolio of Pioneer Variable Contracts Trust (the
"Fund"), an open-end, diversified management investment company. The Fund
currently consists of the following thirteen investment portfolios: Emerging
Markets Portfolio, Europe Portfolio, International Growth Portfolio, Capital
Growth Portfolio, Growth Shares Portfolio, Real Estate Growth Portfolio,
Growth and Income Portfolio, Equity-Income Portfolio, Balanced Portfolio,
Swiss Franc Bond Portfolio, Strategic Income Portfolio, America Income
Portfolio and the Money Market Portfolio ("Underlying Portfolios").

                                        2

<PAGE>

                  TAXATION OF THE CONTRACTS, THE VARIABLE
                          ACCOUNT AND THE COMPANY

The Company currently imposes no charge for taxes payable in connection with
the contracts, other than for state and local premium taxes and similar
assessments when applicable. The Company reserves the right to impose a
charge for any other taxes that may become payable in the future in
connection with the contracts or the Variable Account.

The Variable Account is considered to be a part of and taxed with the
operations of the Company. The Company is taxed as a life insurance company
under subchapter L of the Internal Revenue Code (the "Code"), and files a
consolidated tax return with its parent and affiliated companies.

The Company reserves the right to make a charge for any effect which the
income, assets or existence of the contracts or the Variable Account may have
upon its tax. Such charge for taxes, if any, will be assessed on a fair and
equitable basis in order to preserve equity among classes of Contract Owners
("Owners"). The Variable Account presently is not subject to tax.

                                     SERVICES

CUSTODIAN OF SECURITIES. The Company serves as custodian of the assets of the
Variable Account. Portfolio shares owned by the Sub-Accounts are held on an
open account basis. A Sub-Account's ownership of Portfolio shares is
reflected on the records of the Portfolio, and is not represented by any
transferable stock certificates.

EXPERTS. The financial statements of the Company as of December 31, 1998 and
1997 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1998,
and the financial statements of Separate Account VA-P of the Company as of
December 31, 1998 and for the periods indicated, included in this Statement
of Additional Information constituting part of this Registration Statement,
have been so included in reliance on the reports of PricewaterhouseCoopers
LLP, independent accountants, given on the authority of said firm as experts
in auditing and accounting.

The financial statements of the Company included herein should be considered
only as bearing on the ability of the Company to meet its obligations under
the Contract.

                                   UNDERWRITERS

Allmerica Investments, Inc. ("Allmerica Investments"), a registered
broker-dealer under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and a member of the
National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD"), serves as
principal underwriter and general distributor for the Contract pursuant to a
contract with Allmerica Investments, the Company and the Variable Account.
Allmerica Investments distributes the Contract on a best-efforts basis.
Allmerica Investments, Inc., 440 Lincoln Street, Worcester, Massachusetts
01653, was organized in 1969 as a wholly owned subsidiary of First Allmerica,
and presently is indirectly wholly owned by First Allmerica.

The Contract offered by this Prospectus is offered continuously, and may be
purchased from certain independent broker-dealers which are NASD members and
whose representatives are authorized by applicable laws to sell variable
annuity policies.

All persons selling the Contract are required to be licensed by their
respective state insurance authorities for the sale of variable annuity
contracts. To the extent permitted by NASD rules, promotional incentives or
payments also may be provided to such entities based on sales volumes, the
assumption of wholesaling functions or other sales-related criteria.
Additional payments may be made for other services not directly related to
the sale of the Contract, including the recruitment and training


                                3

<PAGE>

of personnel, production of promotional literature and similar services. A
Promotional Allowance of 1.0% is paid to Pioneer Funds Distributor, Inc. for
administrative and support services with respect to the distribution of the
Contract; however, Pioneer Funds Distributor, Inc. may direct the Company to
pay a portion of said allowance to broker-dealers who provide support
services directly.

The Company intends to recoup the cost of promotional and other sales
expenses through profits from the Company's general account, which may
include investment earnings on amounts allocated to accumulate on a fixed
basis in excess of the interest credited on fixed accumulations by the
Company, and the profit, if any, from the mortality and expense risk charge.

No commissions were paid to Allmerica Investments, Inc. during 1996, 1997 and
1998 for sales of Contracts A3023-95, A3025-96 and A3027-98.

No commissions were paid for sales of Contract A3030-99 since it was not
offered until _______.

                           ANNUITY BENEFIT PAYMENTS

The method by which the Accumulated Value under the Contract is determined is
described in detail under "Computation of Values" in the Prospectus.

ILLUSTRATION OF ACCUMULATION UNIT CALCULATION USING HYPOTHETICAL EXAMPLE. The
Accumulation Unit calculation for a daily Valuation Period may be illustrated
by the following hypothetical example: Assume that the assets of a
Sub-Account at the beginning of a one-day Valuation Period were $5,000,000;
that the value of an Accumulation Unit on the previous date was $1.135000;
and that during the Valuation Period, the investment income and net realized
and unrealized capital gains exceed net realized and unrealized capital
losses by $1,675. The Accumulation Unit Value at the end of the current
Valuation Period would be calculated as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                                      <C>
(1)  Accumulation Unit Value -- Previous Valuation Period  ...........................   $1.135000

(2)  Value of Assets -- Beginning of Valuation Period  ...............................  $5,000,000

(3)  Excess of Investment Income and Net Gains Over Capital Losses ...................      $1,675

(4)  Adjusted Gross Investment Rate for the Valuation Period (3) divided by (2) ......    0.000335

(5)  Annual Charge (one-day equivalent of 0.65% per annum) ...........................    0.000018

(6)  Net Investment Rate (4) - (5)  ..................................................    0.000317

(7)  Net Investment Factor 1.000000 + (6)  ...........................................    1.000317

(8)  Accumulation Unit Value -- Current Period (1) x (7)  ............................   $1.135360
</TABLE>

Conversely, if unrealized capital losses and charges for expenses and taxes
exceeded investment income and net realized capital gains by $1,675, the
Accumulation Unit Value at the end of the Valuation Period would have been
$1.134600.

The method for determining the amount of annuity benefit payments is
described in detail under "Variable Annuity Benefit Payments" in the
Prospectus.

ILLUSTRATION OF VARIABLE ANNUITY BENEFIT PAYMENT CALCULATION USING
HYPOTHETICAL EXAMPLE. The determination of the Annuity Unit Value and the
variable annuity benefit payment may be illustrated


                                    4

<PAGE>

by the following hypothetical example: Assume an Owner has 40,000
Accumulation Units in a Variable Account, and that the value of an
Accumulation Unit on the Valuation Date used to determine the amount of the
first variable annuity benefit payment is $1.120000. Therefore, the
Accumulated Value of the Contract is $44,800 (40,000 x $1.120000). Assume
also that the Owner elects an option for which the first monthly payment is
$6.57 per $1,000 of Accumulated Value applied. Assuming no premium tax or
surrender charge, the first monthly payment would be 44.800 multiplied by
$6.57, or $294.34.

Next, assume that the Annuity Unit Value for the assumed investment return of
3.0% per annum for the Valuation Date as of which the first payment was
calculated was 1.100000. Annuity Unit Values will not be the same as
Accumulation Unit Values because the former reflect the 3.0% assumed
investment return used in the annuity rate calculations. When the Annuity
Unit Value of $1.100000 is divided into the first monthly payment the number
of Annuity Units represented by that payment is determined to be 267.5818.
The value of this same number of Annuity Units will be paid in each
subsequent month under most options. Assume further that the net investment
factor for the Valuation Period applicable to the next annuity payment is
1.000190. Multiplying this factor by .999919 (the one-day adjustment factor
for the assumed investment return of 3.0% per annum) produces a factor of
1.000109. This then is multiplied by the Annuity Unit Value on the
immediately preceding Valuation Date (assumed here to be $1.105000). The
result is an Annuity Unit Value of $1.105121 for the current monthly payment.
The current monthly payment then is determined by multiplying the number of
Annuity Units by the current Annuity Unit Value, or 267.5818 times $1.105121,
which produces a current monthly payment of $295.71.

                            PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

Performance information for a Sub-Account may be compared, in reports and
promotional literature, to certain indices described in the Prospectus under
"PERFORMANCE INFORMATION." In addition, the Company may provide advertising,
sales literature, periodic publications or other material information on
various topics of interest to Owners and prospective Owners. These topics may
include the relationship between sectors of the economy and the economy as a
whole and its effect on various securities markets, investment strategies and
techniques (such as value investing, market timing, dollar cost averaging,
asset allocation, constant ratio transfer and account rebalancing), the
advantages and disadvantages of investing in tax-deferred and taxable
investments, customer profiles and hypothetical purchase and investment
scenarios, financial management and tax and retirement planning, and
investment alternatives to certificates of deposit and other financial
instruments, including comparisons between the Contract and the
characteristics of and market for such financial instruments. Total Return
data and supplemental total return information may be advertised based on the
period of time that an Underlying Portfolio or an underlying Sub-Account has
been in existence, even if longer than the period of time that the Contract
has been offered. The results for any period prior to a Contract being
offered will be calculated as if the Contract had been offered during that
period of time, with all charges assumed to be those applicable to the
Contract.

TOTAL RETURN

"Total Return" refers to the total of the income generated by an investment
in a Sub-Account and of the changes of value of the principal invested (due
to realized and unrealized capital gains or losses) for a specified period,
reduced by the Sub-Account's asset charge.

Total Return figures are calculated by standardized methods prescribed by
rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC"). The quotations
are computed by finding the average annual compounded rates of return over
the specified periods that would equate the initial amount invested to the
ending redeemable values, according to the following formula:

                                    5

<PAGE>

        P(1 + T)(n) = ERV

Where:   P    =   a hypothetical initial payment to the Variable Account of
                  $1,000

         T    =   average annual total return

         n    =   number of years

         ERV  =   the ending redeemable value of the $1,000 payment at the
                  end of the specified period

The calculation of Total Return includes the annual charges against the
assets of the Sub-Account. This charge is 0.65% on an annual basis. The
calculation of ending redeemable value assumes (1) the Contract was issued at
the beginning of the period, and (2) a complete surrender of the Contract at
the end of the period.

The calculations of Total Return include the deduction of the $35 annual
Contract fee.

YIELD AND EFFECTIVE YIELD -- THE MONEY MARKET SUB-ACCOUNT

Set forth below is yield and effective yield information for the Money Market
Sub-Account for the seven- day period ended December 31, 1998:

           Yield                     3.21%
           Effective Yield           3.27%

The yield and effective yield figures are calculated by standardized methods
prescribed by rules of the SEC. Under those methods, the yield quotation is
computed by determining the net change (exclusive of capital changes) in the
value of a hypothetical pre-existing account having a balance of one
accumulation unit of the Sub-Account at the beginning of the period, dividing
the difference by the value of the account at the beginning of the same
period to obtain the base period return, and then multiplying the return for
a seven-day base period by (365/7), with the resulting yield carried to the
nearest hundredth of one percent.

The Money Market Sub-Account computes effective yield by compounding the
unannualized base period return by using the formula:

                                                         (365/7)
          Effective Yield    =   [(base period return + 1)       ] - 1

The calculations of yield and effective yield reflect the $35 annual Contract
fee.

                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Financial Statements are included for Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and
Annuity Company and for its Separate Account VA-P.

                                   6

<PAGE>
ALLMERICA FINANCIAL
LIFE INSURANCE AND
ANNUITY COMPANY

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
DECEMBER 31, 1998
<PAGE>
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

To the Board of Directors and Shareholder of
Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and Annuity Company

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related
consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, shareholder's equity
and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position
of Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and Annuity Company (the "Company") at
December 31, 1998 and 1997, and the results of their operations and their cash
flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1998 in
conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. These financial
statements are the responsibility of the Company's management; our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on
our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with
generally accepted auditing standards which require that we plan and perform the
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements,
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed
above.

/s/PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Boston, Massachusetts
February 2, 1999, except for paragraph 2 of Note 12,
  which is as of March 19, 1999
<PAGE>
             ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY

    (AN INDIRECT WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF ALLMERICA FINANCIAL CORPORATION)

                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
(IN MILLIONS)                                                   1998       1997       1996
- -------------                                                 --------   --------   --------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
REVENUES
    Premiums................................................   $  0.5     $ 22.8     $ 32.7
    Universal life and investment product policy fees.......    267.4      212.2      176.2
    Net investment income...................................    151.3      164.2      171.7
    Net realized investment gains (losses)..................     20.0        2.9       (3.6)
    Other income............................................      0.6        1.4        0.9
                                                               ------     ------     ------
        Total revenues......................................    439.8      403.5      377.9
                                                               ------     ------     ------
BENEFITS, LOSSES AND EXPENSES
    Policy benefits, claims, losses and loss adjustment
      expenses..............................................    153.9      187.8      192.6
    Policy acquisition expenses.............................     64.6        2.8       49.9
    Sales practice litigation...............................     21.0      --         --
    Loss from cession of disability income business.........    --          53.9      --
    Other operating expenses................................    104.1      101.3       86.6
                                                               ------     ------     ------
        Total benefits, losses and expenses.................    343.6      345.8      329.1
                                                               ------     ------     ------
Income before federal income taxes..........................     96.2       57.7       48.8
                                                               ------     ------     ------
FEDERAL INCOME TAX EXPENSE (BENEFIT)
    Current.................................................     22.1       13.9       26.9
    Deferred................................................     11.8        7.1       (9.8)
                                                               ------     ------     ------
        Total federal income tax expense....................     33.9       21.0       17.1
                                                               ------     ------     ------
Net income..................................................   $ 62.3     $ 36.7     $ 31.7
                                                               ======     ======     ======
</TABLE>

   THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

                                      F-1
<PAGE>
             ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY

    (AN INDIRECT WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF ALLMERICA FINANCIAL CORPORATION)

                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
(IN MILLIONS)                                                   1998        1997
- -------------                                                 ---------   ---------
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>
ASSETS
  Investments:
    Fixed maturities at fair value (amortized cost of
      $1,284.6 and $1,340.5)................................  $ 1,330.4   $ 1,402.5
    Equity securities at fair value (cost of $27.4 and
      $34.4)................................................       31.8        54.0
    Mortgage loans..........................................      230.0       228.2
    Real estate.............................................       14.5        12.0
    Policy loans............................................      151.5       140.1
    Other long-term investments.............................        9.1        20.3
                                                              ---------   ---------
        Total investments...................................    1,767.3     1,857.1
                                                              ---------   ---------
  Cash and cash equivalents.................................      217.9        31.1
  Accrued investment income.................................       33.5        34.2
  Deferred policy acquisition costs.........................      950.5       765.3
  Reinsurance receivables on paid and unpaid losses, future
    policy benefits and unearned premiums...................      308.0       251.1
  Other assets..............................................       46.9        10.7
  Separate account assets...................................   11,020.4     7,567.3
                                                              ---------   ---------
        Total assets........................................  $14,344.5   $10,516.8
                                                              =========   =========
LIABILITIES
  Policy liabilities and accruals:
    Future policy benefits..................................  $ 2,284.8   $ 2,097.3
    Outstanding claims, losses and loss adjustment
      expenses..............................................       17.9        18.5
    Unearned premiums.......................................        2.7         1.8
    Contractholder deposit funds and other policy
      liabilities...........................................       38.1        32.5
                                                              ---------   ---------
        Total policy liabilities and accruals...............    2,343.5     2,150.1
                                                              ---------   ---------
  Expenses and taxes payable................................      146.2        77.6
  Reinsurance premiums payable..............................       45.7         4.9
  Deferred federal income taxes.............................       78.8        75.9
  Separate account liabilities..............................   11,020.4     7,567.3
                                                              ---------   ---------
        Total liabilities...................................   13,634.6     9,875.8
                                                              ---------   ---------
  Commitments and contingencies (Note 12)
SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY
  Common stock, $1,000 par value, 10,000 shares authorized,
    2,524 and 2,521 shares issued and outstanding...........        2.5         2.5
  Additional paid-in capital................................      407.9       386.9
  Accumulated other comprehensive income....................       24.1        38.5
  Retained earnings.........................................      275.4       213.1
                                                              ---------   ---------
        Total shareholder's equity..........................      709.9       641.0
                                                              ---------   ---------
        Total liabilities and shareholder's equity..........  $14,344.5   $10,516.8
                                                              =========   =========
</TABLE>

   THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

                                      F-2
<PAGE>
             ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY

    (AN INDIRECT WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF ALLMERICA FINANCIAL CORPORATION)

                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDER'S EQUITY

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
(IN MILLIONS)                                                   1998       1997       1996
- -------------                                                 --------   --------   --------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
COMMON STOCK................................................  $   2.5    $   2.5    $   2.5
                                                              -------    -------    -------

ADDITIONAL PAID-IN CAPITAL
    Balance at beginning of period..........................    386.9      346.3      324.3
    Issuance of common stock................................     21.0       40.6       22.0
                                                              -------    -------    -------
    Balance at end of period................................    407.9      386.9      346.3
                                                              -------    -------    -------
ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
    Net unrealized appreciation on investments:
    Balance at beginning of period..........................     38.5       20.5       23.8
    Appreciation (depreciation) during the period:
        Net (depreciation) appreciation on
          available-for-sale securities.....................    (23.4)      27.0       (5.1)
        Benefit (provision) for deferred federal income
          taxes.............................................      9.0       (9.0)       1.8
                                                              -------    -------    -------
                                                                (14.4)      18.0       (3.3)
                                                              -------    -------    -------
    Balance at end of period................................     24.1       38.5       20.5
                                                              -------    -------    -------
RETAINED EARNINGS
    Balance at beginning of period..........................    213.1      176.4      144.7
    Net income..............................................     62.3       36.7       31.7
                                                              -------    -------    -------
    Balance at end of period................................    275.4      213.1      176.4
                                                              -------    -------    -------
        Total shareholder's equity..........................  $ 709.9    $ 641.0    $ 545.7
                                                              =======    =======    =======
</TABLE>

   THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

                                      F-3
<PAGE>
             ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY

    (AN INDIRECT WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF ALLMERICA FINANCIAL CORPORATION)

                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
(IN MILLIONS)                                                   1998       1997       1996
- -------------                                                 --------   --------   --------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
Net income..................................................   $ 62.3     $ 36.7     $ 31.7
Other comprehensive income:
    Net (depreciation) appreciation on available-for-sale
      securities............................................    (23.4)      27.0       (5.1)
    Benefit (provision) for deferred federal income taxes...      9.0       (9.0)       1.8
                                                               ------     ------     ------
        Other comprehensive income..........................    (14.4)      18.0       (3.3)
                                                               ------     ------     ------
    Comprehensive income....................................     47.9     $ 54.7     $ 28.4
                                                               ======     ======     ======
</TABLE>

   THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

                                      F-4
<PAGE>
             ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY

    (AN INDIRECT WHOLLY OWNED SUBSIDIARY OF ALLMERICA FINANCIAL CORPORATION)

                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
(IN MILLIONS)                                                   1998       1997       1996
- -------------                                                 --------   --------   --------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
    Net income..............................................  $  62.3    $  36.7    $  31.7
    Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in
      operating activities:
        Net realized gains..................................    (20.0)      (2.9)       3.6
        Net amortization and depreciation...................     (7.1)     --           3.5
        Sales practice litigation expense...................     21.0
        Loss from cession of disability income business.....    --          53.9      --
        Deferred federal income taxes.......................     11.8        7.1       (9.8)
        Payment related to cession of disability income
          business..........................................    --        (207.0)     --
        Change in deferred acquisition costs................   (177.8)    (181.3)     (66.8)
        Change in reinsurance premiums payable..............     40.8        3.9       (0.2)
        Change in accrued investment income.................      0.7        3.5        1.2
        Change in policy liabilities and accruals, net......    193.1      (72.4)     (39.9)
        Change in reinsurance receivable....................    (56.9)      22.1       (1.5)
        Change in expenses and taxes payable................     55.4        0.2       32.3
        Separate account activity, net......................     (0.5)       1.6        8.0
        Other, net..........................................    (28.0)      (8.7)       2.3
                                                              -------    -------    -------
            Net cash provided by (used in) operating
              activities....................................     94.8     (343.3)     (35.6)
                                                              -------    -------    -------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
    Proceeds from disposals and maturities of
      available-for-sale fixed maturities...................    187.0      909.7      809.4
    Proceeds from disposals of equity securities............     53.3        2.4        1.5
    Proceeds from disposals of other investments............     22.7       23.7       17.4
    Proceeds from mortgages matured or collected............     60.1       62.9       34.0
    Purchase of available-for-sale fixed maturities.........   (136.0)    (579.7)    (795.8)
    Purchase of equity securities...........................    (30.6)      (3.2)     (13.2)
    Purchase of other investments...........................    (22.7)      (9.0)     (13.9)
    Purchase of mortgages...................................    (58.9)     (70.4)     (22.3)
    Other investing activities, net.........................     (3.9)     --          (2.0)
                                                              -------    -------    -------
        Net cash provided by investing activities...........     71.0      336.4       15.1
                                                              -------    -------    -------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
    Proceeds from issuance of stock and capital paid in.....     21.0       19.2       22.0
                                                              -------    -------    -------
        Net cash provided by financing activities...........     21.0       19.2       22.0
                                                              -------    -------    -------
Net change in cash and cash equivalents.....................    186.8       12.3        1.5
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period..............     31.1       18.8       17.3
                                                              -------    -------    -------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period....................  $ 217.9    $  31.1    $  18.8
                                                              =======    =======    =======
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION
    Interest paid...........................................  $   0.6    $ --       $   3.4
    Income taxes paid.......................................  $  36.2    $   5.4    $  16.5
</TABLE>

   THE ACCOMPANYING NOTES ARE AN INTEGRAL PART OF THESE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.

                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

A.  BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION

Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and Annuity Company ("AFLIAC" or the
"Company") is organized as a stock life insurance company, and is a wholly owned
subsidiary of SMA Financial Corporation ("SMAFCO"), which is wholly owned by
First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance Company ("FAFLIC"). FAFLIC is a wholly
owned subsidiary of Allmerica Financial Corporation ("AFC").

The consolidated financial statements of AFLIAC include the accounts of Somerset
Square, Inc., a wholly-owned non-insurance company, which was transferred from
SMAFCO effective November 30, 1997 and dissolved as a subsidiary, effective
November 30, 1998. Its results of operations are included for 11 months of 1998
and for the month of December, 1997.

The Statutory stockholder's equity of the Company is being maintained at a
minimum level of 5% of general account assets by FAFLIC in accordance with a
policy established by vote of FAFLIC's Board of Directors.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions
that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of
contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and
the reported amount of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual
results could differ from those estimates.

B.  VALUATION OF INVESTMENTS

In accordance with the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards
No. 115 ("Statement No. 115"), "Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and
Equity Securities", the Company is required to classify its investments into one
of three categories: held-to-maturity, available-for-sale or trading. The
Company determines the appropriate classification of debt securities at the time
of purchase and re-evaluates such designation as of each balance sheet date.

Marketable equity securities and debt securities are classified as
available-for-sale. Available-for-sale securities are carried at fair value,
with the unrealized gains and losses, net of tax, reported in a separate
component of shareholder's equity. The amortized cost of debt securities is
adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts to maturity.
Such amortization is included in investment income.

Mortgage loans on real estate are stated at unpaid principal balances, net of
unamortized discounts and reserves. Reserves on mortgage loans are based on
losses expected by the Company to be realized on transfers of mortgage loans to
real estate (upon foreclosure), on the disposition or settlement of mortgage
loans and on mortgage loans which the Company believes may not be collectible in
full. In establishing reserves, the Company considers, among other things, the
estimated fair value of the underlying collateral.

Fixed maturities and mortgage loans that are delinquent are placed on
non-accrual status, and thereafter interest income is recognized only when cash
payments are received.

Policy loans are carried principally at unpaid principal balances.

During 1997, the Company adopted to a plan to dispose of all real estate assets
by the end of 1998. As of December 31, 1998, there was 1 property remaining in
the Company's real estate portfolio, which is being actively marketed. As a
result of the Plan, real estate held by the Company and real estate joint
ventures were written down to the estimated fair value less cost of disposal.
Depreciation is not recorded on this asset while it is held for disposal.

                                      F-6
<PAGE>
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

Realized investment gains and losses, other than those related to separate
accounts for which the Company does not bear the investment risk, are reported
as a component of revenues based upon specific identification of the investment
assets sold. When an other-than-temporary impairment of the value of a specific
investment or a group of investments is determined, a realized investment loss
is recorded. Changes in the valuation allowance for mortgage loans are included
in realized investment gains or losses.

C.  FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into transactions involving
various types of financial instruments, including debt, investments such as
fixed maturities, mortgage loans and equity securities and investment and loan
commitments. These instruments involve credit risk and also may be subject to
risk of loss due to interest rate fluctuation. The Company evaluates and
monitors each financial instrument individually and, when appropriate, obtains
collateral or other security to minimize losses.

D.  CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

Cash and cash equivalents includes cash on hand, amounts due from banks and
highly liquid debt instruments purchased with an original maturity of three
months or less.

E.  DEFERRED POLICY ACQUISITION COSTS

Acquisition costs consist of commissions, underwriting costs and other costs,
which vary with, and are primarily related to, the production of revenues.
Acquisition costs related to universal life products, variable annuities and
contractholder deposit funds are deferred and amortized in proportion to total
estimated gross profits from investment yields, mortality, surrender charges and
expense margins over the expected life of the contracts. This amortization is
reviewed annually and adjusted retrospectively when the Company revises its
estimate of current or future gross profits to be realized from this group of
products, including realized and unrealized gains and losses from investments.
Acquisition costs related to fixed annuities and other life insurance products
are deferred and amortized, generally in proportion to the ratio of annual
revenue to the estimated total revenues over the contract periods based upon the
same assumptions used in estimating the liability for future policy benefits.

Deferred acquisition costs for each product are reviewed to determine if they
are recoverable from future income, including investment income. If such costs
are determined to be unrecoverable, they are expensed at the time of
determination. Although realization of deferred policy acquisition costs is not
assured, the Company believes it is more likely than not that all of these costs
will be realized. The amount of deferred policy acquisition costs considered
realizable, however, could be reduced in the near term if the estimates of gross
profits or total revenues discussed above are reduced. The amount of
amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs could be revised in the near
term if any of the estimates discussed above are revised.

F.  SEPARATE ACCOUNTS

Separate account assets and liabilities represent segregated funds administered
and invested by the Company for the benefit of certain pension, variable annuity
and variable life insurance contractholders. Assets consist principally of
bonds, common stocks, mutual funds, and short-term obligations at market value.
The investment income, gains and losses of these accounts generally accrue to
the contractholders and, therefore, are not included in the Company's net
income. Appreciation and depreciation of the Company's interest in the separate
accounts, including undistributed net investment income, is reflected in
shareholder's equity or net investment income.

G.  POLICY LIABILITIES AND ACCRUALS

Future policy benefits are liabilities for life, disability income and annuity
products. Such liabilities are established in amounts adequate to meet the
estimated future obligations of policies in force. The liabilities associated
with traditional life insurance products are computed using the net level
premium method for

                                      F-7
<PAGE>
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

individual life and annuity policies, and are based upon estimates as to future
investment yield, mortality and withdrawals that include provisions for adverse
deviation. Future policy benefits for individual life insurance and annuity
policies are computed using interest rates ranging from 3% to 6% for life
insurance and 3 1/2% to 9 1/2% for annuities. Mortality, morbidity and
withdrawal assumptions for all policies are based on the Company's own
experience and industry standards. Liabilities for universal life include
deposits received from customers and investment earnings on their fund balances,
less administrative charges. Universal life fund balances are also assessed
mortality and surrender charges.

Individual disability income benefit liabilities for active lives are estimated
using the net level premium method, and assumptions as to future morbidity,
withdrawals and interest which provide a margin for adverse deviation. Benefit
liabilities for disabled lives are estimated using the present value of benefits
method and experience assumptions as to claim terminations, expenses and
interest.

Liabilities for outstanding claims, losses and loss adjustment expenses are
estimates of payments to be made for reported claims and estimates of claims
incurred but not reported for individual life and disability income policies.
These estimates are continually reviewed and adjusted as necessary; such
adjustments are reflected in current operations.

Contractholder deposit funds and other policy liabilities include
investment-related products and consist of deposits received from customers and
investment earnings on their fund balances.

All policy liabilities and accruals are based on the various estimates discussed
above. Although the adequacy of these amounts cannot be assured, the Company
believes that it is more likely than not that policy liabilities and accruals
will be sufficient to meet future obligations of policies in force. The amount
of liabilities and accruals, however, could be revised in the near term if the
estimates discussed above are revised.

H.  PREMIUM AND FEE REVENUE AND RELATED EXPENSES

Premiums for individual life and individual annuity products, excluding
universal life and investment-related products, are considered revenue when due.
Individual disability income insurance premiums are recognized as revenue over
the related contract periods. The unexpired portion of these premiums is
recorded as unearned premiums. Benefits, losses and related expenses are matched
with premiums, resulting in their recognition over the lives of the contracts.
This matching is accomplished through the provision for future benefits,
estimated and unpaid losses and amortization of deferred policy acquisition
costs. Revenues for investment-related products consist of net investment income
and contract charges assessed against the fund values. Related benefit expenses
primarily consist of net investment income credited to the fund values after
deduction for investment and risk charges. Revenues for universal life and group
variable universal life products consist of net investment income, with
mortality, administration and surrender charges assessed against the fund
values. Related benefit expenses include universal life benefit claims in excess
of fund values and net investment income credited to universal life fund values.
Certain policy charges that represent compensation for services to be provided
in future periods are deferred and amortized over the period benefited using the
same assumptions used to amortize capitalized acquisition costs.

I.  FEDERAL INCOME TAXES

AFC and its domestic subsidiaries file a consolidated United States federal
income tax return. Entities included within the consolidated group are
segregated into either a life insurance or non-life insurance company subgroup.
The consolidation of these subgroups is subject to certain statutory
restrictions on the percentage of eligible non-life tax losses that can be
applied to offset life insurance company taxable income.

The Board of Directors has delegated to AFC management, the development and
maintenance of appropriate federal income tax allocation policies and
procedures, which are subject to written agreement between the

                                      F-8
<PAGE>
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

companies. The Federal income tax for all subsidiaries in the consolidated
return of AFC is calculated on a separate return basis. Any current tax
liability is paid to AFC. Tax benefits resulting from taxable operating losses
or credits of AFC's subsidiaries are not reimbursed to the subsidiary until such
losses or credits can be utilized by the subsidiary on a separate return basis.

Deferred income taxes are generally recognized when assets and liabilities have
different values for financial statement and tax reporting purposes, and for
other temporary taxable and deductible differences as defined by Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes" (Statement
No. 109). These differences result primarily from policy reserves, policy
acquisition expenses, and unrealized appreciation or depreciation on
investments.

J.  NEW ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

In June 1998, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Statement
of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133, "Accounting for Derivative
Instruments and Hedging Activities" ("Statement No. 133"), which establishes
accounting and reporting standards for derivative instruments. Statement No. 133
requires that an entity recognize all derivatives as either assets or
liabilities at fair value in the statement of financial position, and
establishes special accounting for the following three types of hedges; fair
value hedges, cash flow hedges, and hedges of foreign currency exposures of net
investment in foreign operations. This statement is effective for fiscal years
beginning after June 15, 1999. The Company is currently assessing the impact of
adoption of Statement No. 133.

In March 1998, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants ("AICPA")
issued Statement of Position 98-1, "Accounting for the Cost of Computer Software
Developed or Obtained for Internal Use" ("SoP 98-1"). SoP 98-1 requires that
certain costs incurred in developing internal-use computer software be
capitalized and provides guidance for determining whether computer software is
to be considered for internal use. This statement is effective for fiscal years
beginning after December 15, 1998. In the second quarter, the Company adopted
SoP 98-1 effective January 1, 1998, resulting in an increase in pre-tax income
of $9.8 million through December 31, 1998. The adoption of SoP 98-1 did not have
a material effect on the results of operations or financial position for the
three months ended March 31, 1998.

In December 1997, the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants
("AICPA") issued Statement of Position 97-3, "Accounting by Insurance and Other
Enterprises for Insurance-Related Assessments" ("SoP 97-3"). SoP 97-3 provides
guidance when a liability should be recognized for guaranty fund and other
assessments and how to measure the liability. This statement allows for the
discounting of the liability if the amount and timing of the cash payments are
fixed and determinable. In addition, it provides criteria for when an asset may
be recognized for a portion or all of the assessment liability or paid
assessment that can be recovered through premium tax offsets or policy
surcharges. This statement is effective for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 1998. The Company believes that the adoption of this statement will
not have a material effect on the results of operations or financial position.

In June 1997, the FASB issued Statement No. 131, "Disclosures About Segments of
an Enterprise and Related Information" ("Statement No. 131"). This statement
establishes standards for the way that public enterprises report information
about operating segments in annual financial statements and requires that
selected information about those operating segments be reported in interim
financial statements. This statement supersedes Statement No. 14, "Financial
Reporting for Segments of a Business Enterprise". Statement No. 131 requires
that all public enterprises report financial and descriptive information about
their reportable operating segments. Operating segments are defined as
components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is
available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker in
deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. This statement
is effective for fiscal years

                                      F-9
<PAGE>
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

beginning after December 15, 1997. AFLIAC consists of one segment, Allmerica
Financial Services, which underwrites and distributes variable annuities and
variable universal life via retail channels.

In June 1997, the FASB also issued Statement No. 130, "Reporting Comprehensive
Income" ("Statement No. 130"), which established standards for the reporting and
display of comprehensive income and its components in a full set of
general-purpose financial statements. All items that are required to be
recognized under accounting standards as components of comprehensive income are
to be reported in a financial statement that is displayed with the same
prominence as other financial statements. This statement stipulates that
comprehensive income reflect the change in equity of an enterprise during a
period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner
sources. This statement is effective for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 1997. The Company adopted Statement No. 130 for the first quarter
of 1998, which resulted primarily in reporting unrealized gains and losses on
investments in debt and equity securities in comprehensive income.

2.  SIGNIFICANT TRANSACTIONS

Effective January 1, 1998, the Company entered into an agreement with a highly
rated reinsurer to reinsure the mortality risk on the universal life and
variable universal life blocks of business. The agreement does not have a
material effect on the results of operations or financial position of the
Company.

On April 14, 1997, the Company entered into an agreement in principle to cede
substantially all of the Company's individual disability income line of business
under a 100% coinsurance agreement with a highly rated reinsurer. The
coinsurance agreement became effective October 1, 1997. The transaction has
resulted in the recognition of a $53.9 million pre-tax loss in the first quarter
of 1997.

During 1998, 1997 and 1996 , SMAFCO contributed $21.0 million, $40.6 million and
$22.0 million, respectively, of additional paid-in capital to the Company. The
nature of the 1997 contribution was $19.2 million in cash and $21.4 million in
other assets including Somerset Square, Inc.

3.  INVESTMENTS

A.  SUMMARY OF INVESTMENTS

The Company accounts for its investments, all of which are classified as
available-for-sale, in accordance with the provisions of Statement No. 115.

The amortized cost and fair value of available-for-sale fixed maturities and
equity securities were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         1998
                                                    ----------------------------------------------
                                                                  GROSS        GROSS
DECEMBER 31,                                        AMORTIZED   UNREALIZED   UNREALIZED     FAIR
(IN MILLIONS)                                       COST (1)      GAINS        LOSSES      VALUE
- -------------                                       ---------   ----------   ----------   --------
<S>                                                 <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>
U.S. Treasury securities and U.S. government and
 agency securities................................  $    5.8       $ 0.8        $--       $    6.6
States and political subdivisions.................       2.7         0.2        --             2.9
Foreign governments...............................      48.8         1.6          1.5         48.9
Corporate fixed maturities........................   1,096.0        58.0         17.7      1,136.3
Mortgage-backed securities........................     131.3         5.8          1.4        135.7
                                                    --------       -----        -----     --------
Total fixed maturities............................  $1,284.6       $66.4        $20.6     $1,330.4
                                                    ========       =====        =====     ========
Equity securities.................................  $   27.4       $ 8.9        $ 4.5     $   31.8
                                                    ========       =====        =====     ========
</TABLE>

                                      F-10
<PAGE>
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              1997
                                                         ----------------------------------------------
                                                                       GROSS        GROSS
DECEMBER 31,                                             AMORTIZED   UNREALIZED   UNREALIZED     FAIR
(IN MILLIONS)                                            COST (1)      GAINS        LOSSES      VALUE
- -------------                                            ---------   ----------   ----------   --------
U.S. Treasury securities and U.S. government and agency
<S>                                                      <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>
 securities.........................................     $    6.3       $ 0.5        $--       $    6.8
States and political subdivisions...................          2.8         0.2        --             3.0
Foreign governments.................................         50.1         2.0        --            52.1
Corporate fixed maturities..........................      1,147.5        58.7          3.3      1,202.9
Mortgage-backed securities..........................        133.8         5.2          1.3        137.7
                                                         --------       -----        -----     --------
Total fixed maturities..............................     $1,340.5       $66.6        $ 4.6     $1,402.5
                                                         ========       =====        =====     ========
Equity securities...................................     $   34.4       $19.9        $ 0.3     $   54.0
                                                         ========       =====        =====     ========
</TABLE>

(1) Amortized cost for fixed maturities and cost for equity securities.

In connection with AFLIAC's voluntary withdrawal of its license in New York,
AFLIAC agreed with the New York Department of Insurance to maintain, through a
custodial account in New York, a security deposit, the market value of which
will at all times equal 102% of all outstanding liabilities of AFLIAC for New
York policyholders, claimants and creditors. At December 31, 1998, the amortized
cost and market value of these assets on deposit in New York were
$268.5 million and $284.1 million, respectively. At December 31, 1997, the
amortized cost and market value of assets on deposit were $276.8 million and
$291.7 million, respectively. In addition, fixed maturities, excluding those
securities on deposit in New York, with an amortized cost of $4.2 million were
on deposit with various state and governmental authorities at December 31, 1998
and 1997.

There were no contractual fixed maturity investment commitments at December 31,
1998 and 1997, respectively.

The amortized cost and fair value by maturity periods for fixed maturities are
shown below. Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because
borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call
or prepayment penalties, or the Company may have the right to put or sell the
obligations back to the issuers. Mortgage backed securities are included in the
category representing their ultimate maturity.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                      1998
                                                              --------------------
DECEMBER 31,                                                  AMORTIZED     FAIR
(IN MILLIONS)                                                   COST       VALUE
- -------------                                                 ---------   --------
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>
Due in one year or less.....................................  $   97.7    $   98.9
Due after one year through five years.......................     269.1       278.3
Due after five years through ten years......................     638.2       658.5
Due after ten years.........................................     279.6       294.7
                                                              --------    --------
Total.......................................................  $1,284.6    $1,330.4
                                                              ========    ========
</TABLE>

                                      F-11
<PAGE>
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

The proceeds from voluntary sales of available-for-sale securities and the gross
realized gains and gross realized losses on those sales were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,                               PROCEEDS FROM     GROSS      GROSS
(IN MILLIONS)                                                 VOLUNTARY SALES    GAINS      LOSSES
- -------------                                                 ---------------   --------   --------
<S>                                                           <C>               <C>        <C>
1998
Fixed maturities............................................        $ 60.0       $ 2.0      $ 2.0
Equity securities...........................................        $ 52.6       $17.5      $ 0.9

1997
Fixed maturities............................................        $702.9       $11.4      $ 5.0
Equity securities...........................................        $  1.3       $ 0.5      $--

1996
Fixed maturities............................................        $496.6       $ 4.3      $ 8.3
Equity securities...........................................        $  1.5       $ 0.4      $ 0.1
</TABLE>

Unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale and other securities, are
summarized as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             EQUITY
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,                               FIXED       SECURITIES
(IN MILLIONS)                                                MATURITIES   AND OTHER (1)    TOTAL
- -------------                                                ----------   -------------   --------
<S>                                                          <C>          <C>             <C>
1998
Net appreciation, beginning of year........................    $ 22.1        $ 16.4        $ 38.5
                                                               ------        ------        ------
Net depreciation on available-for-sale securities..........     (16.2)        (14.3)        (30.5)
Net appreciation from the effect on deferred policy
 acquisition costs and on policy liabilities...............       7.1        --               7.1
Benefit from deferred federal income taxes.................       3.2           5.8           9.0
                                                               ------        ------        ------
                                                                 (5.9)         (8.5)        (14.4)
                                                               ------        ------        ------
Net appreciation, end of year..............................    $ 16.2        $  7.9        $ 24.1
                                                               ======        ======        ======

1997
Net appreciation, beginning of year........................    $ 12.7        $  7.8        $ 20.5
                                                               ------        ------        ------
Net appreciation on available-for-sale securities..........      24.3          12.5          36.8
Net depreciation from the effect on deferred policy
 acquisition costs and on policy liabilities...............      (9.8)       --              (9.8)
Provision for deferred federal income taxes................      (5.1)         (3.9)         (9.0)
                                                               ------        ------        ------
                                                                  9.4           8.6          18.0
                                                               ------        ------        ------
Net appreciation, end of year..............................    $ 22.1        $ 16.4        $ 38.5
                                                               ======        ======        ======

1996
Net appreciation, beginning of year........................    $ 20.4        $  3.4        $ 23.8
                                                               ------        ------        ------
Net (depreciation) appreciation on available-for-sale
 securities................................................     (20.8)          6.7         (14.1)
Net appreciation from the effect on deferred policy
 acquisition costs and on policy liabilities...............       9.0        --               9.0
Benefit (provision) for deferred federal income taxes......       4.1          (2.3)          1.8
                                                               ------        ------        ------
                                                                 (7.7)          4.4          (3.3)
                                                               ------        ------        ------
Net appreciation, end of year..............................    $ 12.7        $  7.8        $ 20.5
                                                               ======        ======        ======
</TABLE>

                                      F-12
<PAGE>
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

(1) Includes net appreciation on other investments of $.9 million, $1.3 million,
and $2.2 million in 1998, 1997, and 1996, respectively.

B.  MORTGAGE LOANS AND REAL ESTATE

AFLIAC's mortgage loans and real estate are diversified by property type and
location. Real estate investments have been obtained primarily through
foreclosure. Mortgage loans are collateralized by the related properties and
generally are no more than 75% of the property's value at the time the original
loan is made.

The carrying values of mortgage loans and real estate investments net of
applicable reserves were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
(IN MILLIONS)                                                   1998       1997
- -------------                                                 --------   --------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
Mortgage loans..............................................   $230.0     $228.2
Real estate held for sale...................................     14.5       12.0
                                                               ------     ------
Total mortgage loans and real estate........................   $244.5     $240.2
                                                               ======     ======
</TABLE>

Reserves for mortgage loans were $3.3 million and $9.4 million at December 31,
1998 and 1997, respectively.

During 1997, the Company committed to a plan to dispose of all real estate
assets by the end of 1998. At December 31, 1998, there was 1 property remaining
in the Company's real estate portfolio, which is being actively marketed. As a
result of the Plan, during 1997, real estate assets with a carrying amount of
$15.7 million were written down to the estimated fair value less cost to sell of
$12.0 million, and a net realized investment loss of $3.7 million was
recognized. Depreciation was not recorded on these assets while they were held
for disposal.

There were no non-cash investing activities, including real estate acquired
through foreclosure of mortgage loans, in 1998 and 1997. During 1996, non-cash
investing activities included real estate acquired through foreclosure of
mortgage loans, which had a fair value of $0.9 million.

There were no contractual commitments to extend credit under commercial mortgage
loan agreements at December 31, 1998. These commitments generally expire within
one year.

Mortgage loans and real estate investments comprised the following property
types and geographic regions:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
(IN MILLIONS)                                                   1998       1997
- -------------                                                 --------   --------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
Property type:
  Office building...........................................   $129.2     $101.7
  Residential...............................................     18.9       19.3
  Retail....................................................     37.4       42.2
  Industrial/warehouse......................................     59.2       61.9
  Other.....................................................      3.1       24.5
  Valuation allowances......................................     (3.3)      (9.4)
                                                               ------     ------
Total.......................................................   $244.5     $240.2
                                                               ======     ======
</TABLE>

                                      F-13
<PAGE>
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
(IN MILLIONS)                                                   1998       1997
- -------------                                                 --------   --------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
Geographic region:
  South Atlantic............................................   $ 55.5     $ 68.7
  Pacific...................................................     80.0       56.6
  East North Central........................................     41.4       61.4
  Middle Atlantic...........................................     22.5       29.8
  West South Central........................................      6.7        6.9
  New England...............................................     26.9       12.4
  Other.....................................................     14.8       13.8
  Valuation allowances......................................     (3.3)      (9.4)
                                                               ------     ------
Total.......................................................   $244.5     $240.2
                                                               ======     ======
</TABLE>

At December 31, 1998, scheduled mortgage loan maturities were as follows:
1999 -- $24.8 million; 2000 -- $43.5 million; 2001 -- $6.6 million; 2002 --
$11.5 million; 2003 -- $0.6 million; and $143.0 million thereafter. Actual
maturities could differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have
the right to prepay obligations with or without prepayment penalties and loans
may be refinanced. During 1998, the Company did not refinance any mortgage loans
based on terms which differed from those granted to new borrowers.

C.  INVESTMENT VALUATION ALLOWANCES

Investment valuation allowances, which have been deducted in arriving at
investment carrying values as presented in the balance sheet and changes thereto
are shown below.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,                   BALANCE AT                              BALANCE AT
(IN MILLIONS)                                      JANUARY 1    PROVISIONS   WRITE-OFFS   DECEMBER 31
- -------------                                      ----------   ----------   ----------   ------------
<S>                                                <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
1998
Mortgage loans...................................     $ 9.4        $(4.5)       $1.6          $ 3.3
                                                      =====        =====        ====          =====
1997
Mortgage loans...................................     $ 9.5        $ 1.1        $1.2          $ 9.4
Real estate......................................       1.7          3.7         5.4         --
                                                      -----        -----        ----          -----
    Total........................................     $11.2        $ 4.8        $6.6          $ 9.4
                                                      =====        =====        ====          =====
1996
Mortgage loans...................................     $12.5        $ 4.5        $7.5          $ 9.5
Real estate......................................       2.1        --            0.4            1.7
                                                      -----        -----        ----          -----
    Total........................................     $14.6        $ 4.5        $7.9          $11.2
                                                      =====        =====        ====          =====
</TABLE>

Provisions on mortgages during 1998 reflect the release of redundant reserves.
Write-offs of $5.4 million to the investment valuation allowance related to real
estate in 1997 primarily reflect write downs to the estimated fair value less
cost to sell pursuant to the aforementioned 1997 plan of disposal.

The carrying value of impaired loans was $15.3 million and $20.6 million, with
related reserves of $1.5 million and $7.1 million as of December 31, 1998 and
1997, respectively. All impaired loans were reserved as of December 31, 1998 and
1997.

The average carrying value of impaired loans was $17.0 million, $19.8 million
and $26.3 million, with related interest income while such loans were impaired
of $2.0 million, $2.2 million and $3.4 million as of December 31, 1998, 1997 and
1996, respectively.

                                      F-14
<PAGE>
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

D.  OTHER

At December 31, 1998, AFLIAC had no concentration of investments in a single
investee exceeding 10% of shareholder's equity.

4.  INVESTMENT INCOME AND GAINS AND LOSSES

A.  NET INVESTMENT INCOME

The components of net investment income were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
(IN MILLIONS)                                                   1998       1997       1996
- -------------                                                 --------   --------   --------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
Fixed maturities............................................   $107.7     $130.0     $137.2
Mortgage loans..............................................     25.5       20.4       22.0
Equity securities...........................................      0.3        1.3        0.7
Policy loans................................................     11.7       10.8       10.2
Real estate.................................................      3.3        3.9        6.2
Other long-term investments.................................      1.5        1.0        0.8
Short-term investments......................................      4.2        1.4        1.4
                                                               ------     ------     ------
Gross investment income.....................................    154.2      168.8      178.5
Less investment expenses....................................     (2.9)      (4.6)      (6.8)
                                                               ------     ------     ------
Net investment income.......................................   $151.3     $164.2     $171.7
                                                               ======     ======     ======
</TABLE>

There were no mortgage loans or fixed maturities on non-accrual status at
December 31, 1998. The effect of non-accruals, compared with amounts that would
have been recognized in accordance with the original terms of the investment,
had no impact in 1998 and 1997, and reduced net income by $0.1 million in 1996.

The payment terms of mortgage loans may from time to time be restructured or
modified. The investment in restructured mortgage loans, based on amortized
cost, amounted to $12.6 million, $21.1 million and $25.4 million at
December 31, 1998, 1997 and 1996, respectively. Interest income on restructured
mortgage loans that would have been recorded in accordance with the original
terms of such loans amounted to $1.4 million, $1.9 million and $3.6 million in
1998, 1997, and 1996, respectively. Actual interest income on these loans
included in net investment income aggregated $1.8 million, $2.1 million and
$2.2 million in 1998, 1997, and 1996, respectively.

There were no fixed maturities or mortgage loans which, were non-income
producing for the twelve months ended December 31, 1998.

B.  REALIZED INVESTMENT GAINS AND LOSSES

Realized gains (losses) on investments were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
(IN MILLIONS)                                                   1998       1997       1996
- -------------                                                 --------   --------   --------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
Fixed maturities............................................   $ (6.1)    $  3.0     $ (3.3)
Mortgage loans..............................................      8.0       (1.1)      (3.2)
Equity securities...........................................     15.7        0.5        0.3
Real estate.................................................      2.4       (1.5)       2.5
Other.......................................................    --           2.0        0.1
                                                               ------     ------     ------
Net realized investment gains (losses)......................   $ 20.0     $  2.9     $ (3.6)
                                                               ======     ======     ======
</TABLE>

                                      F-15
<PAGE>
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

C.  OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME RECONCILIATION

The following table provides a reconciliation of gross unrealized gains to the
net balance shown in the Statement of Comprehensive income:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
(IN MILLIONS)                                                   1998       1997       1996
- -------------                                                 --------   --------   --------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
Unrealized gains on securities:
Unrealized holding gains arising during period (net of taxes
 of $(5.6) million, $10.2 million and $(2.9) million in
 1998, 1997 and 1996 respectively)..........................   $ (8.2)    $ 20.3     $(5.3)
Less: reclassification adjustment for gains included in net
 income (net of taxes of $3.4 million, $1.2 million and
 $(1.0) million in 1998, 1997 and 1996 respectively)........      6.2        2.3      (2.0)
                                                               ------     ------     -----
Other comprehensive income..................................   $(14.4)    $ 18.0     $(3.3)
                                                               ======     ======     =====
</TABLE>

5.  FAIR VALUE DISCLOSURES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

Statement No. 107, "Disclosures about Fair Value of Financial Instruments"
("Statement No, 107"), requires disclosure of fair value information about
certain financial instruments (insurance contracts, real estate, goodwill and
taxes are excluded) for which it is practicable to estimate such values, whether
or not these instruments are included in the balance sheet. The fair values
presented for certain financial instruments are estimates which, in many cases,
may differ significantly from the amounts which could be realized upon immediate
liquidation. In cases where market prices are not available, estimates of fair
value are based on discounted cash flow analyses, which utilize current interest
rates for similar financial instruments, which have comparable terms and credit
quality.

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of
each class of financial instruments:

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

For these short-term investments, the carrying amount approximates fair value.

FIXED MATURITIES

Fair values are based on quoted market prices, if available. If a quoted market
price is not available, fair values are estimated using independent pricing
sources or internally developed pricing models using discounted cash flow
analyses.

EQUITY SECURITIES

Fair values are based on quoted market prices, if available. If a quoted market
price is not available, fair values are estimated using independent pricing
sources or internally developed pricing models.

MORTGAGE LOANS

Fair values are estimated by discounting the future contractual cash flows using
the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar
credit ratings. The fair value of below investment grade mortgage loans is
limited to the lesser of the present value of the cash flows or book value.

                                      F-16
<PAGE>
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

POLICY LOANS

The carrying amount reported in the balance sheet approximates fair value since
policy loans have no defined maturity dates and are inseparable from the
insurance contracts.

INVESTMENT CONTRACTS (WITHOUT MORTALITY FEATURES)

Fair values for the Company's liabilities under investment type contracts are
estimated based on current surrender values.

The estimated fair values of the financial instruments were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           1998                  1997
                                                    -------------------   -------------------
DECEMBER 31,                                        CARRYING     FAIR     CARRYING     FAIR
(IN MILLIONS)                                        VALUE      VALUE      VALUE      VALUE
- -------------                                       --------   --------   --------   --------
<S>                                                 <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
FINANCIAL ASSETS
  Cash and cash equivalents.......................  $  217.9   $  217.9   $   31.1   $   31.1
  Fixed maturities................................   1,330.4    1,330.4    1,402.5    1,402.5
  Equity securities...............................      31.8       31.8       54.0       54.0
  Mortgage loans..................................     230.0      241.9      228.2      239.8
  Policy loans....................................     151.5      151.5      140.1      140.1
                                                    --------   --------   --------   --------
                                                    $1,961.6   $1,973.5   $1,855.9   $1,867.5
                                                    ========   ========   ========   ========
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
  Individual fixed annuity contracts..............  $1,069.4   $1,034.6   $  876.0   $  850.6
  Supplemental contracts without life
    Contingencies.................................      16.6       16.6       15.3       15.3
                                                    --------   --------   --------   --------
                                                    $1,086.0   $1,051.2   $  891.3   $  865.9
                                                    ========   ========   ========   ========
</TABLE>

6.  FEDERAL INCOME TAXES

Provisions for federal income taxes have been calculated in accordance with the
provisions of Statement No. 109. A summary of the federal income tax expense
(benefit) in the statement of income is shown below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
(IN MILLIONS)                                                   1998       1997       1996
- -------------                                                 --------   --------   --------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
Federal income tax expense (benefit)
  Current...................................................   $22.1      $13.9      $26.9
  Deferred..................................................    11.8        7.1       (9.8)
                                                               -----      -----      -----
Total.......................................................   $33.9      $21.0      $17.1
                                                               =====      =====      =====
</TABLE>

The provision for federal income taxes does not materially differ from the
amount of federal income tax determined by applying the appropriate U.S.
statutory income tax rate to income before federal income taxes.

                                      F-17
<PAGE>
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

The deferred tax liabilities are comprised of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
DECEMBER 31,
(IN MILLIONS)                                                   1998       1997
- -------------                                                 --------   --------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
Deferred tax (assets) liabilities
  Policy reserves...........................................  $(205.1)   $(175.8)
  Deferred acquisition costs................................    278.8      226.4
  Investments, net..........................................     12.5       27.0
  Sales practice litigation.................................     (7.4)     --
  Bad debt reserve..........................................     (0.4)      (2.0)
  Other, net................................................      0.4        0.3
                                                              -------    -------
Deferred tax liability, net.................................  $  78.8    $  75.9
                                                              =======    =======
</TABLE>

Gross deferred income tax liabilities totaled $291.7 million and $253.7 million
at December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively. Gross deferred income tax assets
totaled $212.9 million and $177.8 at December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

The Company believes, based on its recent earnings history and its future
expectations, that the Company's taxable income in future years will be
sufficient to realize all deferred tax assets. In determining the adequacy of
future income, the Company considered the future reversal of its existing
temporary differences and available tax planning strategies that could be
implemented, if necessary.

The Company's federal income tax returns are routinely audited by the IRS, and
provisions are routinely made in the financial statements in anticipation of the
results of these audits. The IRS has examined the consolidated group's federal
income tax returns through 1994. The Company has appealed certain adjustments
proposed by the IRS with respect to the consolidated group's federal income tax
returns for 1992, 1993, and 1994. Also, certain adjustments proposed by the IRS
with respect to FAFLIC/AFLIAC's federal income tax returns for 1982 and 1983
remain unresolved. If upheld, these adjustments would result in additional
payments; however, the Company will vigorously defend its position with respect
to these adjustments. In the Company's opinion, adequate tax liabilities have
been established for all years. However, the amount of these tax liabilities
could be revised in the near term if estimates of the Company's ultimate
liability are revised.

7.  RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

The Company has no employees of its own, but has agreements under which FAFLIC
provides management, space and other services, including accounting, electronic
data processing, human resources, legal and other staff functions. Charges for
these services are based on full cost including all direct and indirect overhead
costs, and amounted to $145.4 million and $124.1 million in 1998 and 1997. The
net amounts payable to FAFLIC and affiliates for accrued expenses and various
other liabilities and receivables were $16.4 million and $15.0 million at
December 31, 1998 and 1997, respectively.

8.  DIVIDEND RESTRICTIONS

Delaware has enacted laws governing the payment of dividends to stockholders by
insurers. These laws affect the dividend paying ability of the Company.

Pursuant to Delaware's statute, the maximum amount of dividends and other
distributions that an insurer may pay in any twelve month period, without the
prior approval of the Delaware Commissioner of Insurance, is limited to the
greater of (i) 10% of its policyholders' surplus as of the preceding
December 31 or (ii) the individual company's statutory net gain from operations
for the preceding calendar year (if such insurer is a

                                      F-18
<PAGE>
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

life company) or its net income (not including realized capital gains) for the
preceding calendar year (if such insurer is not a life company). Any dividends
to be paid by an insurer, whether or not in excess of the aforementioned
threshold, from a source other than statutory earned surplus would also require
the prior approval of the Delaware Commissioner of Insurance.

No dividends were declared by the Company during 1998, 1997 and 1996. During
1999, AFLIAC could pay dividends of $26.1 million to FAFLIC without prior
approval.

9.  REINSURANCE

In the normal course of business, the Company seeks to reduce the loss that may
arise from events that cause unfavorable underwriting results by reinsuring
certain levels of risk in various areas of exposure with other insurance
enterprises or reinsurers. Reinsurance transactions are accounted for in
accordance with the provisions of Statement No. 113, "Accounting and Reporting
for Reinsurance of Short-Duration and Long-Duration Contracts" ("Statement No.
113").

The Company reinsures 100% of its traditional individual life and certain blocks
of its universal life business, substantially all of its disability income
business, and effective January 1, 1998, the mortality risk on the variable
universal life and remaining universal life blocks of business in-force at
December 31, 1997.

Amounts recoverable from reinsurers are estimated in a manner consistent with
the claim liability associated with the reinsured policy. Reinsurance contracts
do not relieve the Company from its obligations to policyholders. Failure of
reinsurers to honor their obligations could result in losses to the Company;
consequently, allowances are established for amounts deemed uncollectible. The
Company determines the appropriate amount of reinsurance based on evaluation of
the risks accepted and analyses prepared by consultants and reinsurers and on
market conditions (including the availability and pricing of reinsurance). The
Company also believes that the terms of its reinsurance contracts are consistent
with industry practice in that they contain standard terms with respect to lines
of business covered, limit and retention, arbitration and occurrence. Based on
its review of its reinsurers' financial statements and reputations in the
reinsurance marketplace, the Company believes that its reinsurers are
financially sound.

Amounts recoverable from reinsurers at December 31, 1998 and 1997 for the
disability income business were $230.8 million and $216.1 million, respectively,
traditional life were $11.4 million and $15.2 million, respectively, and
universal and variable universal life were $65.8 million and $19.8 million,
respectively.

The effects of reinsurance were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
(IN MILLIONS)                                                   1998       1997       1996
- -------------                                                 --------   --------   --------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
Insurance premiums:
  Direct....................................................   $ 45.5     $ 48.8     $ 53.3
  Assumed...................................................    --           2.6        3.1
  Ceded.....................................................    (45.0)     (28.6)     (23.7)
                                                               ------     ------     ------
Net premiums................................................   $  0.5     $ 22.8     $ 32.7
                                                               ======     ======     ======
</TABLE>

                                      F-19
<PAGE>
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
(IN MILLIONS)                                                   1998       1997       1996
- -------------                                                 --------   --------   --------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
Insurance and other individual policy benefits, claims,
 losses and loss adjustment expenses:
  Direct....................................................   $204.0     $226.0     $206.4
  Assumed...................................................    --           4.2        4.5
  Ceded.....................................................    (50.1)     (42.4)     (18.3)
                                                               ------     ------     ------
Net policy benefits, claims, losses and loss adjustment
 expenses...................................................   $153.9     $187.8     $192.6
                                                               ======     ======     ======
</TABLE>

10.  DEFERRED POLICY ACQUISITION COSTS

The following reflects the changes to the deferred policy acquisition asset:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
(IN MILLIONS)                                                   1998       1997       1996
- -------------                                                 --------   --------   --------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
Balance at beginning of year................................   $765.3     $632.7     $555.7
  Acquisition expenses deferred.............................    242.4      184.2      116.6
  Amortized to expense during the year......................    (64.6)     (53.1)     (49.9)
  Adjustment to equity during the year......................      7.4      (10.2)      10.3
  Adjustment for cession of disability income insurance.....    --         (38.6)     --
  Adjustment for revision of universal life and variable
    universal life insurance mortality assumptions..........    --          50.3      --
                                                               ------     ------     ------
Balance at end of year......................................   $950.5     $765.3     $632.7
                                                               ======     ======     ======
</TABLE>

On October 1, 1997, the Company revised the mortality assumptions for universal
life and variable universal life product lines. These revisions resulted in a
$50.3 million recapitalization of deferred policy acquisition costs.

11.  LIABILITIES FOR INDIVIDUAL DISABILITY INCOME BENEFITS

The Company regularly updates its estimates of liabilities for future policy
benefits and outstanding claims, losses and loss adjustment expenses as new
information becomes available and further events occur which may impact the
resolution of unsettled claims. Changes in prior estimates are recorded in
results of operations in the year such changes are determined to be needed.

The liability for future policy benefits and outstanding claims, losses and loss
adjustment expenses related to the Company's disability income business was
$233.3 million and $219.9 million at December 31, 1998 and 1997. Due to the
reinsurance agreement whereby the Company has ceded substantially all of its
disability income business to a highly rated reinsurer, the Company believes
that no material adverse development of losses will occur. However, the amount
of the liabilities could be revised in the near term if the estimates are
revised.

12.  CONTINGENCIES

REGULATORY AND INDUSTRY DEVELOPMENTS

Unfavorable economic conditions may contribute to an increase in the number of
insurance companies that are under regulatory supervision. This may result in an
increase in mandatory assessments by state guaranty funds, or voluntary payments
by solvent insurance companies to cover losses to policyholders of insolvent or
rehabilitated companies. Mandatory assessments, which are subject to statutory
limits, can be partially

                                      F-20
<PAGE>
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

recovered through a reduction in future premium taxes in some states. The
Company is not able to reasonably estimate the potential effect on it of any
such future assessments or voluntary payments.

LITIGATION

In July 1997, a lawsuit on behalf of a putative class was instituted in
Louisiana against AFC and certain of its subsidiaries including AFLIAC, by
individual plaintiffs alleging fraud, unfair or deceptive acts, breach of
contract, misrepresentation, and related claims in the sale of life insurance
policies. In October 1997, plaintiffs voluntarily dismissed the Louisiana suit
and filed a substantially similar action in Federal District Court in Worcester,
Massachusetts. In early November 1998, AFC and the plaintiffs entered into a
settlement agreement, to which the court granted preliminary approval on
December 4, 1998. A hearing was held on March 19, 1999 to consider final
approval of the settlement agreement. A decision by the court is expected to be
rendered in the near future. Accordingly, AFLIAC recognized a $21.0 million
pre-tax expense during the third quarter of 1998 related to this litigation.
Although the Company believes that this expense reflects appropriate recognition
of its obligation under the settlement, this estimate assumes the availability
of insurance coverage for certain claims, and the estimate may be revised based
on the amount of reimbursement actually tendered by AFC's insurance carriers, if
any, and based on changes in the Company's estimate of the ultimate cost of the
benefits to be provided to members of the class.

The Company has been named a defendant in various legal proceedings arising in
the normal course of business. In the Company's opinion of, based on the advice
of legal counsel, the ultimate resolution of these proceedings will not have a
material effect on the Company's financial statements. However, liabilities
related to these proceedings could be established in the near term if estimates
of the ultimate resolution of these proceedings are revised.

YEAR 2000

The Year 2000 Issue is the result of computer programs being written using two
digits rather than four to define the applicable year. Any of the Company's
computer programs that have date-sensitive software may recognize a date using
"00" as the year 1900 rather than the year 2000. This could result in a system
failure or miscalculations causing disruptions of operations, including, among
other things, a temporary inability to process transactions, send invoices, or
engage in similar normal business activities.

Although the Company does not believe that there is a material contingency
associated with the Year 2000 project, there can be no assurance that exposure
for material contingencies will not arise.

13.  STATUTORY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The Company is required to file annual statements with state regulatory
authorities prepared on an accounting basis prescribed or permitted by such
authorities (statutory basis). Statutory surplus differs from shareholder's
equity reported in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles
primarily because policy acquisition costs are expensed when incurred,
investment reserves are based on different assumptions, life insurance reserves
are based on different assumptions and income tax expense reflects only taxes
paid or currently payable. Statutory net income and surplus are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
(IN MILLIONS)                                                   1998       1997       1996
- -------------                                                 --------   --------   --------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>
Statutory net income........................................   $ (8.2)    $ 31.5     $  5.4
Statutory shareholder's surplus.............................   $309.7     $307.1     $234.0
</TABLE>

                                      F-21
<PAGE>
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

14.  EVENTS SUBSEQUENT TO DATE OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS' REPORT (UNAUDITED)

AFC has made certain changes to its corporate structure effective July 1, 1999.
These changes include the transfer of FAFLIC's ownership of Allmerica Property &
Casualty Companies, Inc., as well as several non-insurance subsidiaries, from
FAFLIC to AFC. In addition, certain changes affected AFLIAC. SMAFCO transferred
its ownership in AFLIAC to FAFLIC. Hence, AFLIAC became a wholly owned
subsidiary of FAFLIC. Further, four non-insurance subsidiaries previously held
by SMAFCO were contributed to AFLIAC. Under an agreement with the Commonwealth
of Massachusetts Insurance Commissioner ("the Commissioner"), AFC has
contributed to FAFLIC capital of $125.0 million and agreed to maintain FAFLIC's
statutory surplus at specified levels during the following six years. In
addition, any dividend from FAFLIC to AFC during 2000 and 2001 would require the
prior approval of the Commissioner. This transaction was approved by the
Commissioner on May 24, 1999.

In 1998, the net income of the subsidiaries, which was reported in SMAFCO's
results of operations, to be transferred to AFLIAC from SMAFCO pursuant to the
aforementioned change in corporate structure was $18.8 million. As of
December 31, 1998, the total assets and total shareholders' equity of these
subsidiaries were $16.8 million and $9.2 million, respectively.

On May 19, 1999, the Federal District Court in Worcester, Massachusetts issued
an order relating to the litigation mentioned in Note 12, above, certifying the
class for settlement purposes and granting final approval of the settlement
agreement.

                                      F-22
<PAGE>
                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

To the Board of Directors of Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and Annuity
Company and the Contractowners of the Separate Account VA-P of Allmerica
Financial Life Insurance and Annuity Company

In our opinion, the accompanying statements of assets and liabilities, and the
related statements of operations and changes in net assets present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of each of the Sub-Accounts
constituting the Separate Account VA-P of Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and
Annuity Company at December 31, 1998, the results of each of their operations
and the changes in each of their net assets for each of the periods indicated,
in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. These financial
statements are the responsibility of Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and
Annuity Company's management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on
these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these
financial statements in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards
which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance
about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An
audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and
disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles
used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits, which included
confirmation of securities at December 31, 1998 by correspondence with the Fund,
provide a reasonable basis for the opinion expressed above.

/s/ PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Boston, Massachusetts
March 26, 1999
<PAGE>
                             SEPARATE ACCOUNT VA-P
                      STATEMENTS OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES
                               DECEMBER 31, 1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              INTERNATIONAL                     REAL ESTATE
                                                 GROWTH       CAPITAL GROWTH       GROWTH
                                              ------------   ----------------   ------------
<S>                                           <C>            <C>                <C>
ASSETS:
Investments in shares of Pioneer Variable
 Contracts Trust............................  $50,946,797      $103,848,201     $ 28,914,261
Receivable from Allmerica Financial Life
 Insurance and Annuity Company (Sponsor)....           --                --            2,528
                                              ------------   ----------------   ------------
  Total assets..............................   50,946,797       103,848,201       28,916,789

LIABILITIES:
Payable to Allmerica Financial Life
 Insurance and Annuity Company (Sponsor)....        5,043            11,691               --
                                              ------------   ----------------   ------------
  Net assets................................  $50,941,754      $103,836,510     $ 28,916,789
                                              ------------   ----------------   ------------
                                              ------------   ----------------   ------------
Net asset distribution by category:
  Qualified variable annuity contracts......  $11,451,154      $ 27,704,633     $  7,090,936
  Non-qualified variable annuity
    contracts...............................   39,490,600        76,131,877       21,825,853
  Value of investment by Allmerica Financial
    Life Insurance and Annuity Company
    (Sponsor)...............................           --                --               --
                                              ------------   ----------------   ------------
                                              $50,941,754      $103,836,510     $ 28,916,789
                                              ------------   ----------------   ------------
                                              ------------   ----------------   ------------

Qualified units outstanding, December 31,
 1998.......................................    9,919,615        18,107,757        4,784,872
Net asset value per qualified unit, December
 31, 1998...................................  $  1.154395      $   1.529987     $   1.481949
Non-qualified units outstanding, December
 31, 1998...................................   34,208,915        49,759,820       14,727,802
Net asset value per non-qualified unit,
 December 31, 1998..........................  $  1.154395      $   1.529987     $   1.481949

<CAPTION>
                                                                                  AMERICA
                                               EQUITY-INCOME      BALANCED        INCOME
                                              ---------------   ------------   -------------
<S>                                           <C>               <C>            <C>
ASSETS:
Investments in shares of Pioneer Variable
 Contracts Trust............................   $202,195,257     $ 66,271,945    $28,479,002
Receivable from Allmerica Financial Life
 Insurance and Annuity Company (Sponsor)....         31,067               --             29
                                              ---------------   ------------   -------------
  Total assets..............................    202,226,324       66,271,945     28,479,031
LIABILITIES:
Payable to Allmerica Financial Life
 Insurance and Annuity Company (Sponsor)....             --               --             --
                                              ---------------   ------------   -------------
  Net assets................................   $202,226,324     $ 66,271,945    $28,479,031
                                              ---------------   ------------   -------------
                                              ---------------   ------------   -------------
Net asset distribution by category:
  Qualified variable annuity contracts......   $ 49,970,161     $ 18,157,512    $ 6,496,080
  Non-qualified variable annuity
    contracts...............................    152,256,163       48,114,433     21,982,951
  Value of investment by Allmerica Financial
    Life Insurance and Annuity Company
    (Sponsor)...............................             --               --             --
                                              ---------------   ------------   -------------
                                               $202,226,324     $ 66,271,945    $28,479,031
                                              ---------------   ------------   -------------
                                              ---------------   ------------   -------------
Qualified units outstanding, December 31,
 1998.......................................     22,407,973       11,785,052      5,469,094
Net asset value per qualified unit, December
 31, 1998...................................   $   2.230017     $   1.540724    $  1.187780
Non-qualified units outstanding, December
 31, 1998...................................     68,275,785       31,228,457     18,507,595
Net asset value per non-qualified unit,
 December 31, 1998..........................   $   2.230017     $   1.540724    $  1.187780
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      SA-1
<PAGE>
                             SEPARATE ACCOUNT VA-P
                STATEMENTS OF ASSETS AND LIABILITIES (CONTINUED)
                               DECEMBER 31, 1998
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             SWISS FRANC
                                              MONEY MARKET       BOND       GROWTH SHARES
                                              ------------   ------------   --------------
<S>                                           <C>            <C>            <C>
ASSETS:
Investments in shares of Pioneer Variable
 Contracts Trust............................  $21,154,504    $40,494,725      $83,951,108
Receivable from Allmerica Financial Life
 Insurance and Annuity Company (Sponsor)....           --             --               --
                                              ------------   ------------   --------------
  Total assets..............................   21,154,504     40,494,725       83,951,108

LIABILITIES:
Payable to Allmerica Financial Life
 Insurance and Annuity Company (Sponsor)....           --             --               --
                                              ------------   ------------   --------------
  Net assets................................  $21,154,504    $40,494,725      $83,951,108
                                              ------------   ------------   --------------
                                              ------------   ------------   --------------
Net asset distribution by category:
  Qualified variable annuity contracts......  $ 5,332,696    $15,743,419      $28,224,147
  Non-qualified variable annuity
    contracts...............................   15,821,808     24,751,306       55,726,961
  Value of investment by Allmerica Financial
    Life Insurance and Annuity Company
    (Sponsor)...............................           --             --               --
                                              ------------   ------------   --------------
                                              $21,154,504    $40,494,725      $83,951,108
                                              ------------   ------------   --------------
                                              ------------   ------------   --------------

Qualified units outstanding, December 31,
 1998.......................................    4,712,194     18,040,994       21,174,849
Net asset value per qualified unit, December
 31, 1998...................................  $  1.131680    $  0.872647      $  1.332909
Non-qualified units outstanding, December
 31, 1998...................................   13,980,815     28,363,481       41,808,526
Net asset value per non-qualified unit,
 December 31, 1998..........................  $  1.131680    $  0.872647      $  1.332909

<CAPTION>
                                                 GROWTH        EMERGING
                                               AND INCOME      MARKETS         EUROPE
                                              ------------   ------------   ------------
<S>                                           <C>            <C>            <C>
ASSETS:
Investments in shares of Pioneer Variable
 Contracts Trust............................  $88,463,246    $     27,856   $  1,514,017
Receivable from Allmerica Financial Life
 Insurance and Annuity Company (Sponsor)....           --              --             --
                                              ------------   ------------   ------------
  Total assets..............................   88,463,246          27,856      1,514,017
LIABILITIES:
Payable to Allmerica Financial Life
 Insurance and Annuity Company (Sponsor)....           --              --             --
                                              ------------   ------------   ------------
  Net assets................................  $88,463,246    $     27,856   $  1,514,017
                                              ------------   ------------   ------------
                                              ------------   ------------   ------------
Net asset distribution by category:
  Qualified variable annuity contracts......  $28,830,588    $      4,397   $    567,503
  Non-qualified variable annuity
    contracts...............................   59,632,658          23,438        946,493
  Value of investment by Allmerica Financial
    Life Insurance and Annuity Company
    (Sponsor)...............................           --              21             21
                                              ------------   ------------   ------------
                                              $88,463,246    $     27,856   $  1,514,017
                                              ------------   ------------   ------------
                                              ------------   ------------   ------------
Qualified units outstanding, December 31,
 1998.......................................   21,993,946           4,202        536,643
Net asset value per qualified unit, December
 31, 1998...................................  $  1.310842    $   1.046498   $   1.057505
Non-qualified units outstanding, December
 31, 1998...................................   45,491,873          22,417        895,045
Net asset value per non-qualified unit,
 December 31, 1998..........................  $  1.310842    $   1.046498   $   1.057505
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      SA-2
<PAGE>
                             SEPARATE ACCOUNT VA-P
               STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND CHANGES IN NET ASSETS
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  INTERNATIONAL GROWTH              CAPITAL GROWTH
                                               ---------------------------   -----------------------------
                                                 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,        YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                   1998           1997           1998            1997
                                               ------------   ------------   -------------   -------------
<S>                                            <C>            <C>            <C>             <C>
INVESTMENT INCOME (LOSS):
  Dividends..................................  $    890,850   $     90,381   $     680,838   $          --
  Mortality and expense risk fees............      (661,389)      (488,086)     (1,348,507)       (925,315)
  Administrative expense fees................       (81,745)       (60,326)       (166,669)       (114,365)
                                               ------------   ------------   -------------   -------------
    Net investment income (loss).............       147,716       (458,031)       (834,338)     (1,039,680)
                                               ------------   ------------   -------------   -------------

REALIZED AND UNREALIZED GAIN (LOSS) ON
 INVESTMENTS:
  Realized gain distributions from portfolio
    sponsors.................................     4,083,140        473,914       7,079,065         549,333
  Net realized gain (loss) from sales of
    investments..............................      (858,991)       123,161         301,323         674,650
                                               ------------   ------------   -------------   -------------
  Net realized gain (loss)...................     3,224,149        597,075       7,380,388       1,223,983
  Net unrealized gain (loss).................    (6,753,777)      (833,701)    (14,125,218)     13,286,504
                                               ------------   ------------   -------------   -------------
    Net realized and unrealized gain
     (loss)..................................    (3,529,628)      (236,626)     (6,744,830)     14,510,487
                                               ------------   ------------   -------------   -------------

  Net increase (decrease) in net assets from
    operations...............................    (3,381,912)      (694,657)     (7,579,168)     13,470,807
                                               ------------   ------------   -------------   -------------

CONTRACT TRANSACTIONS:
  Net purchase payments......................    14,158,430     22,741,571      28,868,464      34,562,466
  Withdrawals................................    (2,628,552)    (1,864,858)     (5,147,413)     (3,065,144)
  Contract benefits..........................    (1,094,248)      (815,896)     (1,963,829)     (1,497,249)
  Contract charges...........................       (14,893)        (8,971)        (35,939)        (23,699)
  Transfers between sub-accounts (including
    fixed account), net......................    (7,504,480)     4,197,392     (13,498,935)      7,130,376
  Other transfers from (to) the General
    Account..................................     2,667,815        772,655       3,163,977       1,184,379
  Net increase (decrease) in investment by
    Sponsor..................................            --             --              --              --
                                               ------------   ------------   -------------   -------------
  Net increase (decrease) in net assets from
    contract transactions....................     5,584,072     25,021,893      11,386,325      38,291,129
                                               ------------   ------------   -------------   -------------

  Net increase (decrease) in net assets......     2,202,160     24,327,236       3,807,157      51,761,936

NET ASSETS:
  Beginning of year..........................    48,739,594     24,412,358     100,029,353      48,267,417
                                               ------------   ------------   -------------   -------------
  End of year................................  $ 50,941,754   $ 48,739,594   $ 103,836,510   $ 100,029,353
                                               ------------   ------------   -------------   -------------
                                               ------------   ------------   -------------   -------------

<CAPTION>
                                                    REAL ESTATE GROWTH
                                               ----------------------------

                                                 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                   1998            1997
                                               -------------   ------------
<S>                                            <C>             <C>
INVESTMENT INCOME (LOSS):
  Dividends..................................  $   1,420,835   $    899,720
  Mortality and expense risk fees............       (419,110)      (292,763)
  Administrative expense fees................        (51,800)       (36,184)
                                               -------------   ------------
    Net investment income (loss).............        949,925        570,773
                                               -------------   ------------
REALIZED AND UNREALIZED GAIN (LOSS) ON
 INVESTMENTS:
  Realized gain distributions from portfolio
    sponsors.................................        184,498         41,137
  Net realized gain (loss) from sales of
    investments..............................       (117,139)       252,219
                                               -------------   ------------
  Net realized gain (loss)...................         67,359        293,356
  Net unrealized gain (loss).................     (8,587,258)     3,758,359
                                               -------------   ------------
    Net realized and unrealized gain
     (loss)..................................     (8,519,899)     4,051,715
                                               -------------   ------------
  Net increase (decrease) in net assets from
    operations...............................     (7,569,974)     4,622,488
                                               -------------   ------------
CONTRACT TRANSACTIONS:
  Net purchase payments......................     10,831,104     16,808,158
  Withdrawals................................     (1,704,782)      (998,730)
  Contract benefits..........................       (626,301)      (279,646)
  Contract charges...........................        (11,572)        (6,410)
  Transfers between sub-accounts (including
    fixed account), net......................    (10,096,809)     4,827,964
  Other transfers from (to) the General
    Account..................................      1,443,199        747,548
  Net increase (decrease) in investment by
    Sponsor..................................             --             --
                                               -------------   ------------
  Net increase (decrease) in net assets from
    contract transactions....................       (165,161)    21,098,884
                                               -------------   ------------
  Net increase (decrease) in net assets......     (7,735,135)    25,721,372
NET ASSETS:
  Beginning of year..........................     36,651,924     10,930,552
                                               -------------   ------------
  End of year................................  $  28,916,789   $ 36,651,924
                                               -------------   ------------
                                               -------------   ------------
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      SA-3
<PAGE>
                             SEPARATE ACCOUNT VA-P
         STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND CHANGES IN NET ASSETS (CONTINUED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       EQUITY-INCOME                    BALANCED
                                               -----------------------------   ---------------------------
                                                  YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,        YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                   1998            1997            1998           1997
                                               -------------   -------------   ------------   ------------
<S>                                            <C>             <C>             <C>            <C>
INVESTMENT INCOME (LOSS):
  Dividends..................................  $   3,284,589   $   1,956,565   $  1,619,786   $    757,171
  Mortality and expense risk fees............     (2,010,718)     (1,013,070)      (687,744)      (351,807)
  Administrative expense fees................       (248,516)       (125,211)       (85,003)       (43,482)
                                               -------------   -------------   ------------   ------------
    Net investment income (loss).............      1,025,355         818,284        847,039        361,882
                                               -------------   -------------   ------------   ------------

REALIZED AND UNREALIZED GAIN (LOSS) ON
 INVESTMENTS:
  Realized gain distributions from portfolio
    sponsors.................................      1,816,463          59,861      1,914,656        258,539
  Net realized gain (loss) from sales of
    investments..............................      2,343,676       1,346,024        262,480        175,512
                                               -------------   -------------   ------------   ------------
  Net realized gain (loss)...................      4,160,139       1,405,885      2,177,136        434,051
  Net unrealized gain (loss).................     25,063,875      20,957,678     (2,677,717)     2,741,339
                                               -------------   -------------   ------------   ------------
    Net realized and unrealized gain
     (loss)..................................     29,224,014      22,363,563       (500,581)     3,175,390
                                               -------------   -------------   ------------   ------------

  Net increase (decrease) in net assets from
    operations...............................     30,249,369      23,181,847        346,458      3,537,272
                                               -------------   -------------   ------------   ------------

CONTRACT TRANSACTIONS:
  Net purchase payments......................     60,162,656      46,057,375     22,891,314     20,877,883
  Withdrawals................................     (8,654,709)     (3,392,147)    (3,418,373)    (1,589,954)
  Contract benefits..........................     (2,632,631)     (1,782,924)    (1,265,525)      (891,283)
  Contract charges...........................        (36,737)        (16,403)       (12,519)        (5,525)
  Transfers between sub-accounts (including
    fixed account), net......................     (7,553,064)     11,323,556       (725,182)     4,112,661
  Other transfers from (to) the General
    Account..................................      7,663,539       1,426,781      5,174,087        734,750
  Net increase (decrease) in investment by
    Sponsor..................................             --              --             --             --
                                               -------------   -------------   ------------   ------------
  Net increase (decrease) in net assets from
    contract transactions....................     48,949,054      53,616,238     22,643,802     23,238,532
                                               -------------   -------------   ------------   ------------

  Net increase (decrease) in net assets......     79,198,423      76,798,085     22,990,260     26,775,804

NET ASSETS:
  Beginning of year..........................    123,027,901      46,229,816     43,281,685     16,505,881
                                               -------------   -------------   ------------   ------------
  End of year................................  $ 202,226,324   $ 123,027,901   $ 66,271,945   $ 43,281,685
                                               -------------   -------------   ------------   ------------
                                               -------------   -------------   ------------   ------------

<CAPTION>
                                                     AMERICA INCOME
                                               ---------------------------

                                                 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                   1998           1997
                                               ------------   ------------
<S>                                            <C>            <C>
INVESTMENT INCOME (LOSS):
  Dividends..................................  $  1,146,829   $    481,164
  Mortality and expense risk fees............      (266,945)      (108,597)
  Administrative expense fees................       (32,993)       (13,422)
                                               ------------   ------------
    Net investment income (loss).............       846,891        359,145
                                               ------------   ------------
REALIZED AND UNREALIZED GAIN (LOSS) ON
 INVESTMENTS:
  Realized gain distributions from portfolio
    sponsors.................................            --             --
  Net realized gain (loss) from sales of
    investments..............................       190,301        (16,827)
                                               ------------   ------------
  Net realized gain (loss)...................       190,301        (16,827)
  Net unrealized gain (loss).................       256,340        299,832
                                               ------------   ------------
    Net realized and unrealized gain
     (loss)..................................       446,641        283,005
                                               ------------   ------------
  Net increase (decrease) in net assets from
    operations...............................     1,293,532        642,150
                                               ------------   ------------
CONTRACT TRANSACTIONS:
  Net purchase payments......................    11,413,228      6,844,021
  Withdrawals................................    (1,145,240)      (474,352)
  Contract benefits..........................      (455,477)      (121,607)
  Contract charges...........................        (4,024)        (1,482)
  Transfers between sub-accounts (including
    fixed account), net......................     1,236,333        574,188
  Other transfers from (to) the General
    Account..................................     1,959,234        138,383
  Net increase (decrease) in investment by
    Sponsor..................................            --             --
                                               ------------   ------------
  Net increase (decrease) in net assets from
    contract transactions....................    13,004,054      6,959,151
                                               ------------   ------------
  Net increase (decrease) in net assets......    14,297,586      7,601,301
NET ASSETS:
  Beginning of year..........................    14,181,445      6,580,144
                                               ------------   ------------
  End of year................................  $ 28,479,031   $ 14,181,445
                                               ------------   ------------
                                               ------------   ------------
</TABLE>

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      SA-4
<PAGE>
                             SEPARATE ACCOUNT VA-P
         STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND CHANGES IN NET ASSETS (CONTINUED)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       MONEY MARKET                SWISS FRANC BOND
                                               ----------------------------   ---------------------------
                                                 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,        YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                   1998           1997            1998           1997
                                               ------------   -------------   ------------   ------------
<S>                                            <C>            <C>             <C>            <C>
INVESTMENT INCOME (LOSS):
  Dividends..................................  $    850,492   $     555,165   $  1,214,158   $         --
  Mortality and expense risk fees............      (232,559)       (150,787)      (329,812)      (214,128)
  Administrative expense fees................       (28,743)        (18,637)       (40,764)       (26,466)
                                               ------------   -------------   ------------   ------------
    Net investment income (loss).............       589,190         385,741        843,582       (240,594)
                                               ------------   -------------   ------------   ------------

REALIZED AND UNREALIZED GAIN (LOSS) ON
 INVESTMENTS:
  Realized gain distributions from portfolio
    sponsors.................................            --              --             --             --
  Net realized gain (loss) from sales of
    investments..............................            --              --       (220,224)      (167,069)
                                               ------------   -------------   ------------   ------------
  Net realized gain (loss)...................            --              --       (220,224)      (167,069)
  Net unrealized gain (loss).................            --              --      1,598,302       (803,923)
                                               ------------   -------------   ------------   ------------
    Net realized and unrealized gain
     (loss)..................................            --              --      1,378,078       (970,992)
                                               ------------   -------------   ------------   ------------

  Net increase (decrease) in net assets from
    operations...............................       589,190         385,741      2,221,660     (1,211,586)
                                               ------------   -------------   ------------   ------------

CONTRACT TRANSACTIONS:
  Net purchase payments......................    14,431,511      43,113,597     18,557,008      8,144,276
  Withdrawals................................    (2,913,201)     (1,366,472)    (1,770,781)      (604,411)
  Contract benefits..........................    (4,360,697)        (88,688)      (103,607)       (77,999)
  Contract charges...........................        (2,801)         (2,561)       (14,136)        (6,611)
  Transfers between sub-accounts (including
    fixed account), net......................      (457,911)    (39,835,426)       (58,126)     2,577,933
  Other transfers from (to) the General
    Account..................................       347,685          (6,848)       (50,370)       (32,858)
  Net increase (decrease) in investment by
    Sponsor..................................            --              --             --             --
                                               ------------   -------------   ------------   ------------
  Net increase (decrease) in net assets from
    contract transactions....................     7,044,586       1,813,602     16,559,988     10,000,330
                                               ------------   -------------   ------------   ------------

  Net increase (decrease) in net assets......     7,633,776       2,199,343     18,781,648      8,788,744

NET ASSETS:
  Beginning of year..........................    13,520,728      11,321,385     21,713,077     12,924,333
                                               ------------   -------------   ------------   ------------
  End of year................................  $ 21,154,504   $  13,520,728   $ 40,494,725   $ 21,713,077
                                               ------------   -------------   ------------   ------------
                                               ------------   -------------   ------------   ------------

<CAPTION>
                                                          GROWTH SHARES
                                               -----------------------------------
                                                                  PERIOD FROM
                                                YEAR ENDED       10/31/97** TO
                                                 12/31/98           12/31/97
                                               ------------   --------------------
<S>                                            <C>            <C>
INVESTMENT INCOME (LOSS):
  Dividends..................................  $     1,826         $       --
  Mortality and expense risk fees............     (452,778)            (3,766)
  Administrative expense fees................      (55,962)              (465)
                                               ------------       -----------
    Net investment income (loss).............     (506,914)            (4,231)
                                               ------------       -----------
REALIZED AND UNREALIZED GAIN (LOSS) ON
 INVESTMENTS:
  Realized gain distributions from portfolio
    sponsors.................................           --                 --
  Net realized gain (loss) from sales of
    investments..............................      238,266              1,156
                                               ------------       -----------
  Net realized gain (loss)...................      238,266              1,156
  Net unrealized gain (loss).................   10,024,760             19,377
                                               ------------       -----------
    Net realized and unrealized gain
     (loss)..................................   10,263,026             20,533
                                               ------------       -----------
  Net increase (decrease) in net assets from
    operations...............................    9,756,112             16,302
                                               ------------       -----------
CONTRACT TRANSACTIONS:
  Net purchase payments......................   44,999,387          1,737,338
  Withdrawals................................   (1,799,050)            (8,166)
  Contract benefits..........................     (381,119)                --
  Contract charges...........................       (5,172)               (42)
  Transfers between sub-accounts (including
    fixed account), net......................   19,769,727          2,751,899
  Other transfers from (to) the General
    Account..................................    7,066,690             47,202
  Net increase (decrease) in investment by
    Sponsor..................................           --                 --
                                               ------------       -----------
  Net increase (decrease) in net assets from
    contract transactions....................   69,650,463          4,528,231
                                               ------------       -----------
  Net increase (decrease) in net assets......   79,406,575          4,544,533
NET ASSETS:
  Beginning of year..........................    4,544,533                 --
                                               ------------       -----------
  End of year................................  $83,951,108         $4,544,533
                                               ------------       -----------
                                               ------------       -----------
</TABLE>

** Date of initial investment

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      SA-5
<PAGE>
                             SEPARATE ACCOUNT VA-P
         STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND CHANGES IN NET ASSETS (CONTINUED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                        GROWTH AND INCOME              EMERGING MARKETS            EUROPE
                                               -----------------------------------   --------------------   --------------------
                                                                  PERIOD FROM            PERIOD FROM            PERIOD FROM
                                                YEAR ENDED       10/31/97** TO          10/30/98** TO          10/30/98** TO
                                                 12/31/98           12/31/97               12/31/98               12/31/98
                                               ------------   --------------------   --------------------   --------------------
<S>                                            <C>            <C>                    <C>                    <C>
INVESTMENT INCOME (LOSS):
  Dividends..................................  $   358,635         $    2,775              $    --               $       --
  Mortality and expense risk fees............     (463,044)            (3,365)                 (15)                  (1,442)
  Administrative expense fees................      (57,230)              (416)                  (1)                    (178)
                                               ------------       -----------              -------              -----------
    Net investment income (loss).............     (161,639)            (1,006)                 (16)                  (1,620)
                                               ------------       -----------              -------              -----------

REALIZED AND UNREALIZED GAIN (LOSS) ON
 INVESTMENTS:
  Realized gain distributions from portfolio
    sponsors.................................           --                 --                   --                       --
  Net realized gain (loss) from sales of
    investments..............................       22,080                 (2)                  17                       --
                                               ------------       -----------              -------              -----------
  Net realized gain (loss)...................       22,080                 (2)                  17                       --
  Net unrealized gain (loss).................    9,964,412             67,826                  880                   64,935
                                               ------------       -----------              -------              -----------
    Net realized and unrealized gain
     (loss)..................................    9,986,492             67,824                  897                   64,935
                                               ------------       -----------              -------              -----------

  Net increase (decrease) in net assets from
    operations...............................    9,824,853             66,818                  881                   63,315
                                               ------------       -----------              -------              -----------

CONTRACT TRANSACTIONS:
  Net purchase payments......................   50,526,354          2,355,264               21,239                  425,441
  Withdrawals................................   (1,698,478)            (9,391)                  --                   (2,117)
  Contract benefits..........................     (792,533)                --                   --                       --
  Contract charges...........................       (3,925)               (32)                  --                       (5)
  Transfers between sub-accounts (including
    fixed account), net......................   18,157,625          1,931,969                1,053                  756,143
  Other transfers from (to) the General
    Account..................................    8,058,833             45,889                4,663                  271,220
  Net increase (decrease) in investment by
    Sponsor..................................           --                 --                   20                       20
                                               ------------       -----------              -------              -----------
  Net increase (decrease) in net assets from
    contract transactions....................   74,247,876          4,323,699               26,975                1,450,702
                                               ------------       -----------              -------              -----------

  Net increase (decrease) in net assets......   84,072,729          4,390,517               27,856                1,514,017

NET ASSETS:
  Beginning of year..........................    4,390,517                 --                   --                       --
                                               ------------       -----------              -------              -----------
  End of year................................  $88,463,246         $4,390,517              $27,856               $1,514,017
                                               ------------       -----------              -------              -----------
                                               ------------       -----------              -------              -----------
</TABLE>

** Date of initial investment

   The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

                                      SA-6
<PAGE>
                             SEPARATE ACCOUNT VA-P

                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 -- ORGANIZATION

    Separate Account VA-P, which funds the Pioneer Vision variable annuity
contracts, is a separate investment account of Allmerica Financial Life
Insurance and Annuity Company (the Company), established on October 27, 1994 for
the purpose of separating from the general assets of the Company those assets
used to fund certain variable annuity contracts issued by the Company. The
Company is a wholly-owned subsidiary of First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance
Company (First Allmerica). First Allmerica is a wholly-owned subsidiary of
Allmerica Financial Corporation (AFC). Under applicable insurance law, the
assets and liabilities of Separate Account VA-P are clearly identified and
distinguished from the other assets and liabilities of the Company. Separate
Account VA-P cannot be charged with liabilities arising out of any other
business of the Company.

    Separate Account VA-P is registered as a unit investment trust under the
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the 1940 Act). Separate Account VA-P
currently offers twelve Sub-Accounts under the contracts. Each Sub-Account
invests exclusively in a corresponding investment portfolio of the Pioneer
Variable Contracts Trust (the Fund). Each portfolio is managed by Pioneer
Investment Management, Inc. (formerly named Pioneering Management Corporation).
The Fund is an open-end, management investment company registered under the 1940
Act.

    Separate Account VA-P funds two types of variable annuity contracts,
"qualified" contracts and "non-qualified" contracts. A qualified contract is one
that is purchased in connection with a retirement plan which meets the
requirements of Section 401, 403, or 408 of the Internal Revenue Code (the
Code), while a non-qualified contract is one that is not purchased in connection
with one of the indicated retirement plans. The tax treatment for certain
withdrawals or surrenders will vary according to whether they are made from a
qualified contract or a non-qualified contract.

    Certain prior year balances have been reclassified to conform with current
year presentation.

NOTE 2 -- SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

    INVESTMENTS -- Security transactions are recorded on the trade date.
Investments held by the Sub-Accounts are stated at the net asset value per share
of the respective investment portfolio of the Fund. Net realized gains and
losses on securities sold are determined using the average cost method.
Dividends and capital gain distributions are recorded on the ex-dividend date
and are reinvested in additional shares of the respective investment portfolio
of the Fund at net asset value.

    FEDERAL INCOME TAXES -- The Company is taxed as a "life insurance company"
under Subchapter L of the Code and files a consolidated federal income tax
return with First Allmerica. The Company anticipates no tax liability resulting
from the operations of Separate Account VA-P. Therefore, no provision for income
taxes has been charged against Separate Account VA-P.

                                      SA-7
<PAGE>
                             SEPARATE ACCOUNT VA-P

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTE 3 -- INVESTMENTS

    The number of shares owned, aggregate cost, and net asset value per share of
each Sub-Account's investment in the Fund at December 31, 1998 were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 PORTFOLIO INFORMATION
                                          ------------------------------------
                                                                     NET ASSET
                                           NUMBER OF    AGGREGATE      VALUE
INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO                        SHARES         COST      PER SHARE
- ----------------------------------------  -----------  ------------  ---------
<S>                                       <C>          <C>           <C>
International Growth....................   4,721,668   $ 57,579,054   $10.790
Capital Growth..........................   7,161,945    102,743,211    14.500
Real Estate Growth......................   2,212,262     32,332,588    13.070
Equity-Income...........................   9,404,431    152,291,646    21.500
Balanced................................   4,579,955     65,188,861    14.470
America Income..........................   2,767,639     27,960,543    10.290
Money Market............................  21,154,504     21,154,504     1.000
Swiss Franc Bond........................   3,063,141     40,267,750    13.220
Growth Shares...........................   4,131,452     73,906,971    20.320
Growth and Income.......................   4,467,841     78,431,008    19.800
Emerging Markets........................       2,656         26,976    10.490
Europe..................................     142,832      1,449,082    10.600
</TABLE>

NOTE 4 -- RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

    The Company makes a charge of 1.25% per annum based on the average daily net
assets of each Sub-Account at each valuation date for mortality and expense
risks. The Company also charges each Sub-Account 0.15% per annum based on the
average daily net assets of each Sub-Account for administrative expenses. These
charges are deducted from the daily value of each Sub-Account and are paid to
the Company on a daily basis.

    A contract fee is currently deducted on the contract anniversary and upon
full surrender of the contract when the accumulated value is less than $50,000
on contracts issued on Form A3025-96 (Pioneer Vision 2) and $50,000 or less on
contracts issued on Form A3023-95 (Pioneer Vision). The fee is currently waived
for the above contracts issued to and maintained by the trustee of a 401(k)
plan.

    Allmerica Investments, Inc. (Allmerica Investments), a wholly-owned
subsidiary of First Allmerica, is principal underwriter and general distributor
of Separate Account VA-P, and does not receive any compensation for sales of the
contracts. Commissions are paid by the Company to registered representatives of
Allmerica Investments and to certain independent broker-dealers. The Pioneer
Vision 2 and Pioneer Vision contracts have a contingent deferred sales charge
and no deduction is made for sales charges at the time of the sale. For the
years ended December 31, 1998 and 1997, the Company received $459,774 and
$182,152, respectively, for contingent deferred sales charges applicable to
Separate Account VA-P.

                                      SA-8
<PAGE>
                             SEPARATE ACCOUNT VA-P

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTE 5 -- CONTRACTOWNERS AND SPONSOR TRANSACTIONS

    Transactions from contractowners and sponsor were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                           1998                           1997
                                               ----------------------------   ----------------------------
                                                  UNITS          AMOUNT          UNITS          AMOUNT
                                               ------------   -------------   ------------   -------------
<S>                                            <C>            <C>             <C>            <C>
International Growth
  Issuance of Units..........................    23,995,205   $  29,142,665     27,421,873   $  35,312,945
  Redemption of Units........................   (20,119,321)    (23,558,593)    (8,021,017)    (10,291,052)
                                               ------------   -------------   ------------   -------------
    Net increase (decrease)..................     3,875,884   $   5,584,072     19,400,856   $  25,021,893
                                               ------------   -------------   ------------   -------------
                                               ------------   -------------   ------------   -------------
Capital Growth
  Issuance of Units..........................    27,714,477   $  45,826,266     34,980,357   $  52,814,487
  Redemption of Units........................   (21,772,156)    (34,439,941)    (9,801,579)    (14,523,358)
                                               ------------   -------------   ------------   -------------
    Net increase (decrease)..................     5,942,321   $  11,386,325     25,178,778   $  38,291,129
                                               ------------   -------------   ------------   -------------
                                               ------------   -------------   ------------   -------------
Real Estate Growth
  Issuance of Units..........................    10,801,396   $  18,178,492     17,299,530   $  28,116,775
  Redemption of Units........................   (11,106,808)    (18,343,653)    (4,544,021)     (7,017,891)
                                               ------------   -------------   ------------   -------------
    Net increase (decrease)..................      (305,412)  $    (165,161)    12,755,509   $  21,098,884
                                               ------------   -------------   ------------   -------------
                                               ------------   -------------   ------------   -------------
Equity-Income
  Issuance of Units..........................    44,267,991   $  88,989,860     48,076,797   $  78,041,834
  Redemption of Units........................   (20,036,088)    (40,040,806)   (14,928,631)    (24,425,596)
                                               ------------   -------------   ------------   -------------
                                               ------------   -------------   ------------   -------------
    Net increase (decrease)..................    24,231,903   $  48,949,054     33,148,166   $  53,616,238
                                               ------------   -------------   ------------   -------------
                                               ------------   -------------   ------------   -------------
Balanced
  Issuance of Units..........................    24,928,106   $  38,706,706     20,321,783   $  28,876,353
  Redemption of Units........................   (10,462,939)    (16,062,904)    (4,352,053)     (5,637,821)
                                               ------------   -------------   ------------   -------------
    Net increase (decrease)..................    14,465,167   $  22,643,802     15,969,730   $  23,238,532
                                               ------------   -------------   ------------   -------------
                                               ------------   -------------   ------------   -------------
America Income
  Issuance of Units..........................    29,660,512   $  33,349,434     10,705,484   $  11,334,874
  Redemption of Units........................   (18,412,494)    (20,345,380)    (4,293,398)     (4,375,723)
                                               ------------   -------------   ------------   -------------
    Net increase (decrease)..................    11,248,018   $  13,004,054      6,412,086   $   6,959,151
                                               ------------   -------------   ------------   -------------
                                               ------------   -------------   ------------   -------------
Money Market
  Issuance of Units..........................    57,707,031   $  63,350,669     67,768,795   $  70,815,473
  Redemption of Units........................   (51,343,984)    (56,306,083)   (66,093,041)    (69,001,871)
                                               ------------   -------------   ------------   -------------
    Net increase (decrease)..................     6,363,047   $   7,044,586      1,675,754   $   1,813,602
                                               ------------   -------------   ------------   -------------
                                               ------------   -------------   ------------   -------------
Swiss Franc Bond
  Issuance of Units..........................    32,984,878   $  27,941,293     17,505,832   $  14,050,313
  Redemption of Units........................   (13,443,915)    (11,381,305)    (5,319,088)     (4,049,983)
                                               ------------   -------------   ------------   -------------
    Net increase (decrease)..................    19,540,963   $  16,559,988     12,186,744   $  10,000,330
                                               ------------   -------------   ------------   -------------
                                               ------------   -------------   ------------   -------------
</TABLE>

                                      SA-9
<PAGE>
                             SEPARATE ACCOUNT VA-P

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTE 5 -- CONTRACTOWNERS AND SPONSOR TRANSACTIONS (CONTINUED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                           1998                           1997
                                               ----------------------------   ----------------------------
                                                  UNITS          AMOUNT          UNITS          AMOUNT
                                               ------------   -------------   ------------   -------------
<S>                                            <C>            <C>             <C>            <C>
Growth Shares
  Issuance of Units..........................    74,831,380   $  88,659,293      4,755,609   $   4,827,869
  Redemption of Units........................   (16,302,133)    (19,008,830)      (301,481)       (299,638)
                                               ------------   -------------   ------------   -------------
    Net increase (decrease)..................    58,529,247   $  69,650,463      4,454,128   $   4,528,231
                                               ------------   -------------   ------------   -------------
                                               ------------   -------------   ------------   -------------
Growth and Income
  Issuance of Units..........................    71,585,544   $  83,470,422      4,214,742   $   4,366,278
  Redemption of Units........................    (8,271,166)     (9,222,546)       (43,301)        (42,579)
                                               ------------   -------------   ------------   -------------
    Net increase (decrease)..................    63,314,378   $  74,247,876      4,171,441   $   4,323,699
                                               ------------   -------------   ------------   -------------
                                               ------------   -------------   ------------   -------------
Emerging Markets
  Issuance of Units..........................        26,619   $      26,975             --   $          --
  Redemption of Units........................            --              --             --              --
                                               ------------   -------------   ------------   -------------
    Net increase (decrease)..................        26,619   $      26,975             --   $          --
                                               ------------   -------------   ------------   -------------
                                               ------------   -------------   ------------   -------------
Europe
  Issuance of Units..........................     1,434,026   $   1,453,071             --   $          --
  Redemption of Units........................        (2,338)         (2,369)            --              --
                                               ------------   -------------   ------------   -------------
    Net increase (decrease)..................     1,431,688   $   1,450,702             --   $          --
                                               ------------   -------------   ------------   -------------
                                               ------------   -------------   ------------   -------------
</TABLE>

NOTE 6 -- DIVERSIFICATION REQUIREMENTS

    Under the provisions of Section 817(h) of the Code, a variable annuity
contract, other than a contract issued in connection with certain types of
employee benefit plans, will not be treated as an annuity contract for federal
income tax purposes for any period for which the investments of the segregated
asset account on which the contract is based are not adequately diversified. The
Code provides that the "adequately diversified" requirement may be met if the
underlying investments satisfy either a statutory safe harbor test or
diversification requirements set forth in regulations issued by the Secretary of
The Treasury.

    The Internal Revenue Service has issued regulations under Section 817(h) of
the Code. The Company believes that Separate Account VA-P satisfies the current
requirements of the regulations, and it intends that Separate Account VA-P will
continue to meet such requirements.

                                     SA-10
<PAGE>
                             SEPARATE ACCOUNT VA-P

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

NOTE 7 -- PURCHASES AND SALES OF SECURITIES

    Cost of purchases and proceeds from sales of shares of the Fund by Separate
Account VA-P during the year ended December 31, 1998 were as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO                                      PURCHASES       SALES
- -------------------------------------------------------  ------------  ------------
<S>                                                      <C>           <C>
International Growth...................................  $ 22,061,152  $ 12,235,114
Capital Growth.........................................    32,045,156    14,388,851
Real Estate Growth.....................................    12,697,155    11,733,429
Equity-Income..........................................    62,967,352    11,218,336
Balanced...............................................    31,371,258     5,965,761
America Income.........................................    25,904,327    12,053,131
Money Market...........................................    46,391,353    38,757,575
Swiss Franc Bond.......................................    24,624,394     7,220,817
Growth Shares..........................................    75,521,514     6,377,965
Growth and Income......................................    75,521,092     1,434,855
Emerging Markets.......................................        27,671           712
Europe.................................................     1,449,171            89
                                                         ------------  ------------
  Totals...............................................  $410,581,595  $121,386,635
                                                         ------------  ------------
                                                         ------------  ------------
</TABLE>

                                     SA-11



<PAGE>

                            PART C.  OTHER INFORMATION

ITEM 24.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND EXHIBITS

    (A)   FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

          Financial Statements Included in Part A
          None

          Financial Statements Included in Part B
          Financial Statements for Allmerica Financial Life Insurance
            and Annuity Company
          Financial Statements for Separate Account VA-P of Allmerica
            Financial Life Insurance and Annuity Company

          Financial Statements Included in Part C
          None

    (B)   EXHIBITS

          EXHIBIT 1  Vote of Board of Directors Authorizing Establishment of
                     Registrant dated October 27, 1994 was previously filed
                     on April 24, 1998 in Registration Statement
                     No. 33-85916/811-8848, Post-Effective Amendment No. 9,
                     and is incorporated by reference herein.

          EXHIBIT 2  Not Applicable. Pursuant to Rule 26a-2, the Insurance
                     Company may hold the assets of the Registrant NOT
                     pursuant to a trust indenture or other such instrument.

          EXHIBIT 3  (a)  Underwriting and Administrative Services Agreement
                          was previously filed on April 24, 1998 in
                          Registration Statement No. 33-85916/811-8848,
                          Post-Effective Amendment No. 9, and is incorporated
                          by reference herein.

                     (b)  Wholesaling Agreement and Amendment were previously
                          filed on April 24, 1998 in Registration Statement
                          No. 33-85916/811-8848, Post-Effective Amendment
                          No. 9, and are incorporated by reference herein.

                     (c)  Sales Agreements with Commission Schedule were
                          previously filed in Post-Effective Amendment No. 9
                          on April 24, 1998, and are incorporated by
                          reference herein.

                     (d)  General Agent's Agreement was previously filed in
                          Post-Effective Amendment No. 9 on April 24, 1998,
                          and is incorporated by reference herein.

                     (e)  Career Agent Agreement was previously filed in
                          Post-Effective Amendment No. 9 on April 24, 1998,
                          and is incorporated by reference herein.

<PAGE>

                     (f)  Registered Representative's Agreement was previously
                          filed in Registration Statement No.
                          33-85916/811-8848, Post-Effective Amendment
                          No. 9 on April 24, 1998, and is incorporated by
                          reference herein.

          EXHIBIT 4  The following documents are filed herewith:

                     (a)  Draft Contract Form A3030-99;
                     (b)  Specification Pages Form A8030-99; and
                     (c)  Enhanced Death Benefit "EDB" Rider with 5%
                          Accumulation and Ratchet (Form 3263-99).

          EXHIBIT 5  Application Form SML-1517 is filed herewith.

          EXHIBIT 6  The Depositor's Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws were
                     previously filed in Registrant's initial Registration
                     Statement No. 33-85916/811-8848 on November 3, 1994 and
                     are incorporated by reference herein. An Amendment to the
                     Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws were previously filed
                     on October 1, 1996, and are incorporated by reference
                     herein.

          EXHIBIT 7  Not Applicable.

          EXHIBIT 8  (a)  BFDS Agreements for lockbox and mailroom services
                          were previously filed on April 24, 1998 in
                          Registration Statement No. 33-85916/811-8848,
                          Post-Effective Amendment No. 9, and are incorporated
                          by reference herein.

                     (b)  Directors' Power of Attorney is filed herewith.

          EXHIBIT 9  Opinion of Counsel is filed herewith.

          EXHIBIT 10 Consent of Independent Accountants is filed herewith.

          EXHIBIT 11 None.

          EXHIBIT 12 None.

          EXHIBIT 13 Schedule for Computation of Performance Quotations is
                     filed herewith.

          EXHIBIT 14 Not Applicable.

          EXHIBIT 15 Participation Agreement with Pioneer was previously
                     filed on April 24, 1998 in Registration Statement
                     No. 33-85916/811-8848, Post-Effective Amendment No. 9,
                     and is incorporated by reference herein.

ITEM 25.  DIRECTORS AND PRINCIPAL OFFICERS OF THE DEPOSITOR
The principal business address of all the following Directors and Officers is:

440 Lincoln Street
Worcester, Massachusetts  01653

<PAGE>

                      DIRECTORS AND PRINCIPAL OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

NAME AND POSITION WITH COMPANY              PRINCIPAL OCCUPATION(S) DURING PAST FIVE YEARS
- ------------------------------              -----------------------------------------------
<S>                                         <C>
Bruce C. Anderson                           Director (since 1996), Vice President (since 1984) and Assistant Secretary
  Director                                  (since 1992) of First Allmerica

Warren E. Barnes                            Vice President (since 1996) and Corporate Controller (since 1998) of
  Vice President and                        First Allmerica
  Corporate Controller

Robert E. Bruce                             Director and Chief Information Officer (since 1997) and Vice
  Director and Chief Information            President (since 1995) of First Allmerica; and Corporate Manager
  Officer                                   (1979 to 1995) of Digital Equipment Corporation

Mary Eldridge                               Secretary (since 1999) of First Allmerica; Secretary (since 1999)
  Secretary                                 of Allmerica Investments, Inc.; and Secretary (since 1999) of Allmerica
                                            Financial Investment Management Services, Inc.

John P. Kavanaugh                           Director and Chief Investment Officer (since 1996) and Vice President
  Director, Vice President and              (since 1991) of First Allmerica; and Vice President (since 1998)
  Chief Investment Officer                  of Allmerica Financial Investment Management Services, Inc.

John F. Kelly                               Director (since 1996), Senior Vice President (since 1986), General
  Director, Vice President and              Counsel (since 1981) and Assistant Secretary (since 1991) of First
  General Counsel                           Allmerica; Director (since 1985) of Allmerica Investments, Inc.; and
                                            Director (since 1990) of Allmerica Financial Investment
                                            Management Services, Inc.

J. Barry May                                Director (since 1996) of First Allmerica; Director and President
  Director                                  (since 1996) of The Hanover Insurance Company; and Vice President
                                            (1993 to 1996) of The Hanover Insurance Company

James R. McAuliffe                          Director (since 1996) of First Allmerica; Director (since 1992),
  Director                                  President (since 1994) and Chief Executive Officer (since 1996) of
                                            Citizens Insurance Company of America

John F. O'Brien                             Allmerica; director (since 1989) of Allmerica Investments, Inc.
  Director and Chairman                     of the Board Director, President and Chief Executive Officer
  of the Board                              (since 1989) of First Allmerica; Director (since 1989) of Allmerica
                                            Investments, Inc.; and Director and Chairman of the Board (since 1990)
                                            of Allmerica Financial Investment Management Services, Inc.

Edward J. Parry, III                        Director and Chief Financial Officer (since 1996) and Vice President
  Director, Vice President                  and Treasurer (since 1993) of First Allmerica; Treasurer (since 1993)
  Chief Financial Officer                   of Allmerica Investments, Inc.; and Treasurer (since 1993) of Allmerica
  and Treasurer                             Financial Investment Management Services, Inc.

Richard M. Reilly                           Director (since 1996) and Vice President (since 1990) of First Allmerica;
  Director, President and                   Director (since 1990) of Allmerica Investments, Inc.; and Director and President
  Chief Executive Officer                   (since 1998) of Allmerica Financial Investment Management Services, Inc.

Robert P. Restrepo, Jr.                     Director and Vice President (since 1998) of First Allmerica; Chief
  Director                                  Executive Officer (1996 to 1998) of Travelers Property & Casualty;
                                            Senior Vice President (1993 to 1996) of Aetna Life & Casualty Company

Eric A. Simonsen                            Director (since 1996) and Vice President (since 1990) of First Allmerica;
  Director and Vice President               Director (since 1991) of Allmerica Investments, Inc.; and Director (since 1991)
                                            of Allmerica Financial Investment Management Services, Inc.

Phillip E. Soule                            Director (since 1996) and Vice President (since 1987) of First Allmerica
  Director
</TABLE>


<PAGE>


ITEM 26.   PERSONS UNDER COMMON CONTROL WITH REGISTRANT

<TABLE>
<S><C>
                                                   Allmerica Financial Corporation

                                                              Delaware

       |               |               |               |               |               |               |               |
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
      100%           100%             100%            100%            100%            100%            100%            100%
   Allmerica        Financial      Allmerica,       Allmerica   First Allmerica   AFC Capital     Allmerica      First Sterling
     Asset        Profiles, Inc.      Inc.          Funding     Financial Life      Trust I       Services          Limited
Management, Inc.                                     Corp.         Insurance                     Corporation
                                                                   Company

 Massachusetts    California     Massachusetts   Massachusetts   Massachusetts      Delaware     Massachusetts      Bermuda
       |                                                               |                                               |
       |                                  ___________________________________________________________          ________________
       |                                          |                    |                  |                            |
       |                                         100%                99.2%               100%                         100%
       |                                      Advantage            Allmerica           Allmerica                First Sterling
       |                                      Insurance              Trust           Financial Life               Reinsurance
       |                                     Network, Inc.       Company, N.A.       Insurance and                  Company
       |                                                                            Annuity Company                 Limited
       |
       |                                       Delaware       Federally Chartered      Delaware                     Bermuda
       |                                                               |
       |                                       ________________________________________________________________
       |                                               |               |               |               |
       |                                              100%            100%            100%            100%
       |                                            Allmerica       Allmerica       Allmerica       Allmerica
       |                                          Investments,     Investment       Financial       Financial
       |                                              Inc.         Management      Investment       Services
       |                                                          Company, Inc.    Management       Insurance
       |                                                                         Services, Inc.    Agency, Inc.
       |
       |                                         Massachusetts   Massachusetts   Massachusetts   Massachusetts
       |
________________________________________________________________
       |              |                |               |
      100%           100%             100%            100%
    Allmerica   Sterling Risk       Allmerica       Allmerica
    Property      Management     Benefits, Inc.       Asset
  & Casualty   Services, Inc.                      Management,
Companies, Inc.                                      Limited

    Delaware       Delaware          Florida         Bermuda
       |
________________________________________________
       |              |                |
      100%           100%             100%
  The Hanover      Allmerica        Citizens
   Insurance       Financial       Insurance
    Company        Insurance        Company
                 Brokers, Inc.    of Illinois

 New Hampshire  Massachusetts       Illinois
       |
________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
       |               |               |               |               |               |               |               |
      100%           100%             100%            100%            100%            100%            100%            100%
    Allmerica      Allmerica      The Hanover    Hanover Texas      Citizens     Massachusetts      Allmerica        AMGRO
    Financial        Plus           American        Insurance     Corporation    Bay Insurance      Financial         Inc.
     Benefit       Insurance       Insurance       Management                       Company         Alliance
    Insurance     Agency, Inc.      Company       Company, Inc.                                    Insurance
    Company                                                                                         Company

  Pennsylvania  Massachusetts    New Hampshire       Texas          Delaware     New Hampshire   New Hampshire   Massachusetts
                                                                       |                                               |
                                                ________________________________________________                ________________
                                                       |               |               |                               |
                                                      100%            100%            100%                            100%
                                                    Citizens        Citizens        Citizens                      Lloyds Credit
                                                    Insurance       Insurance       Insurance                      Corporation
                                                     Company         Company         Company
                                                    of Ohio        of America        of the
                                                                                     Midwest

                                                      Ohio          Michigan        Indiana                      Massachusetts
                                                                       |
                                                               _________________
                                                                       |
                                                                      100%
                                                                    Citizens
                                                                   Management
                                                                      Inc.

                                                                    Michigan



_______________   ----------------   ----------------
   Allmerica          Greendale             AAM
    Equity             Special          Equity Fund
  Index Pool          Placements
                        Fund

 Massachusetts      Massachusetts      Massachusetts


- --------  Grantor Trusts established for the benefit of First Allmerica,
          Allmerica Financial Life, Hanover and Citizens


          ---------------   ----------------
             Allmerica         Allmerica
          Investment Trust     Securities
                                 Trust

           Massachusetts     Massachusetts


- --------  Affiliated Management Investment Companies


                  ...............
                  Hanover Lloyd's
                    Insurance
                     Company

                      Texas


- --------  Affiliated Lloyd's plan company, controlled by Underwriters
          for the benefit of The Hanover Insurance Company


          _______________   ________________
            AAM Growth       AAM High Yield
             & Income         Fund, L.L.C.
            Fund L.P.

            Delaware         Massachusetts

________  L.P. or L.L.C. established for the benefit of First Allmerica,
          Allmerica Financial Life, Hanover and Citizens
</TABLE>

<PAGE>


ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
             NAME                                       ADDRESS                          TYPE OF BUSINESS
             ----                                       -------                          ----------------
<S>                                                <C>                                <C>
AAM Equity Fund                                    440 Lincoln Street                 Massachusetts Grantor Trust
                                                   Worcester MA 01653

AAM Growth &  Income Fund, L.P                     440 Lincoln Street                 Limited Partnership
                                                   Worcester MA 01653

Advantage Insurance Network Inc.                   440 Lincoln Street                 Insurance Agency
                                                   Worcester MA 01653

AFC Capital Trust I                                440 Lincoln Street                 Statutory Business Trust
                                                   Worcester MA 01653

Allmerica Asset Management Limited                 440 Lincoln Street                 Investment advisory services
                                                   Worcester MA 01653

Allmerica Benefits, Inc.                           440 Lincoln Street                 Non-insurance medical services
                                                   Worcester MA 01653

<PAGE>

Allmerica Equity Index Pool                        440 Lincoln Street                 Massachusetts Grantor Trust
                                                   Worcester MA 01653

Allmerica Financial Alliance Insurance             100 North Parkway                  Multi-line property and casualty
Company                                            Worcester MA 01605                 insurance

Allmerica Financial Benefit Insurance              100 North Parkway                  Multi-line property and casualty
Company                                            Worcester MA 01605                 insurance

Allmerica Financial Corporation                    440 Lincoln Street                 Holding Company
                                                   Worcester MA 01653

Allmerica Financial Insurance                      440 Lincoln Street                 Insurance Broker
Brokers, Inc.                                      Worcester MA 01653


Allmerica Financial Life Insurance                 440 Lincoln Street                 Life insurance, accident and health
and Annuity Company (formerly known                Worcester MA 01653                 insurance, annuities, variable
as SMA Life Assurance Company                                                         annuities and variable life insurance

Allmerica Financial Services Insurance             440 Lincoln Street                 Insurance Agency
Agency, Inc.                                       Worcester MA 01653

Allmerica Funding Corp.                            440 Lincoln Street                 Special purpose funding vehicle for
                                                   Worcester MA 01653                 commercial paper

Allmerica, Inc.                                    440 Lincoln Street                 Common employer for Allmerica
                                                   Worcester MA 01653                 Financial Corporation entities


Allmerica Financial Investment                     440 Lincoln Street                 Investment advisory services
Management Services, Inc. (formerly                Worcester MA 01653
known as Allmerica Institutional Services,
Inc. and 440 Financial Group of
Worcester, Inc.)

Allmerica Investment Management                    440 Lincoln Street                 Investment advisory services
Company, Inc.                                      Worcester MA 01653

Allmerica Investments, Inc.                        440 Lincoln Street                 Securities, retail broker-dealer
                                                   Worcester MA 01653

Allmerica Investment Trust                         440 Lincoln Street                 Investment Company
                                                   Worcester MA 01653

<PAGE>
Allmerica Plus Insurance                           440 Lincoln Street                 Insurance Agency
Agency, Inc.                                       Worcester MA 01653

Allmerica Property & Casualty                      440 Lincoln Street                 Holding Company
Companies, Inc.                                    Worcester MA 01653

Allmerica Securities Trust                         440 Lincoln Street                 Investment Company
                                                   Worcester MA 01653

Allmerica Services Corporation                     440 Lincoln Street                 Internal administrative services
                                                   Worcester MA 01653                 provider to Allmerica Financial
                                                                                      Corporation entities

Allmerica Trust Company, N.A.                      440 Lincoln Street                 Limited purpose national trust company
                                                   Worcester MA 01653

AMGRO, Inc.                                        100 North Parkway                  Premium financing
                                                   Worcester MA 01605

Citizens Corporation                               440 Lincoln Street                 Holding Company
                                                   Worcester MA 01653

Citizens Insurance Company of America              645 West Grand River               Multi-line property and casualty
                                                   Howell MI 48843                    insurance

Citizens Insurance Company of Illinois             333 Pierce Road                    Multi-line property and casualty
                                                   Itasca IL 60143                    insurance

Citizens Insurance Company of the                  3950 Priority Way                  Multi-line property and casualty
Midwest                                            South Drive, Suite 200             insurance
                                                   Indianapolis IN 46280

Citizens Insurance Company of Ohio                 8101 N. High Street                Multi-line property and casualty
                                                   P.O. Box 342250                    insurance
                                                   Columbus OH 43234

Citizens Management, Inc.                          645 West Grand River               Services management company
                                                   Howell MI 48843

Financial Profiles                                 5421 Avenida Encinas               Computer software company
                                                   Carlsbad, CA  92008

<PAGE>

First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance           440 Lincoln Street                 Life, pension, annuity, accident
Company (formerly State Mutual Life                Worcester MA 01653                 and health insurance company
Assurance Company of America)

First Sterling Limited                             440 Lincoln Street                 Holding Company
                                                   Worcester MA 01653

First Sterling Reinsurance Company                 440 Lincoln Street                 Reinsurance Company
Limited                                            Worcester MA 01653

Greendale Special Placements Fund                  440 Lincoln Street                 Massachusetts Grantor Trust
                                                   Worcester MA 01653

The Hanover American Insurance                     100 North Parkway                  Multi-line property and casualty
Company                                            Worcester MA 01605                 insurance

The Hanover Insurance Company                      100 North Parkway                  Multi-line property and casualty
                                                   Worcester MA 01605                 insurance

Hanover Texas Insurance Management                 801 East Campbell Road             Attorney-in-fact for Hanover Lloyd's
Company, Inc.                                      Richardson TX 75081                Insurance Company

Hanover Lloyd's Insurance Company                  Hanover Lloyd's Insurance          Multi-line property and casualty
                                                   Company                            insurance

Lloyds Credit Corporation                          440 Lincoln Street                 Premium financing service
                                                   Worcester MA 01653                 franchises

Massachusetts Bay Insurance Company                100 North Parkway                  Multi-line property and casualty
                                                   Worcester MA 01605                 insurance

Sterling Risk Management Services, Inc.            440 Lincoln Street                 Risk management services
                                                   Worcester MA 01653
</TABLE>

ITEM 27.     NUMBER OF CONTRACT OWNERS

As of September 30, 1999, the Variable Account had 4,703 Qualified Contract
holders and 11,442 Non-Qualified Contract holders.

As of September 30, 1999, there were no Contract Form A3030-99 Owners since
sales had not yet begun.

<PAGE>

ITEM 28.    INDEMNIFICATION

Article VIII of the Bylaws of Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and Annuity
Company (the Depositor) states: Each Director and each Officer of the
Corporation, whether or not in office, (and his executors and
administrators), shall be indemnified or reimbursed by the Corporation
against all expenses actually and necessarily incurred by him in the defense
or reasonable settlement of any action, suit or proceeding in which he is
made a party by reason of his being or having been a Director or Officer of
the Corporation, including any sums paid in settlement or to discharge
judgment, except in relation to matters as to which he shall be finally
adjudged in such action, suit or proceeding to  be liable for negligence or
misconduct in the performance of his duties as such Director or Officer; and
the foregoing right of indemnification  or reimbursement shall not affect any
other rights to which he may be entitled under the Articles of Incorporation,
any statute, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders, or otherwise.

ITEM 29.    PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITERS

(a)    Allmerica Investments, Inc. also acts as principal underwriter for the
       following:

       -- VEL Account, VEL II Account, VEL Account III, Select Account III,
          Inheiritage Account, Separate Accounts VA-A, VA-B, VA-C, VA-G,
          VA-H, VA-K, VA-P, Allmerica Select Separate Account II, Group VEL
          Account, Separate Account KG, Separate Account KGC, Fulcrum Separate
          Account, Fulcrum Variable Life Separate Account, and Allmerica
          Select Separate Account of Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and
          Annuity Company

       -- Inheiritage Account, VEL II Account, Separate Account I, Separate
          Account VA-K, Separate Account VA-P,  Allmerica Select Separate
          Account II, Group VEL Account, Separate Account KG, Separate
          Account KGC, Fulcrum Separate Account, and Allmerica Select
          Separate Account of First Allmerica Financial Life Insurance
          Company.

       -- Allmerica Investment Trust

(b)    The Principal Business Address of each of the following Directors and
       Officers of Allmerica Investments, Inc. is:
       440 Lincoln Street
       Worcester, Massachusetts 01653


NAME                       POSITION OR OFFICE WITH UNDERWRITER
- ----                       -----------------------------------
Emil J. Aberizk, Jr.       Vice President

Edward T. Berger           Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer

Mary Eldridge              Secretary

Philip L. Heffernan        Vice President

John F. Kelly              Director

<PAGE>

Daniel Mastrototaro        Vice President

William F. Monroe, Jr.     Vice President

David J. Mueller           Vice President and Controller

John F. O'Brien            Director

Stephen Parker             President, Director and Chief Executive Officer

Edward J. Parry, III       Treasurer

Richard M. Reilly          Director

Eric A. Simonsen           Director

Mark G. Steinberg          Senior Vice President

(c)   As indicated in Part B (Statement of Additional Information) in
      response to Item 20(c), there were no commissions retained by Allmerica
      Investments, Inc., the principal underwriter of the Contracts, for sales
      of variable contracts funded by the Registrant in 1998.  No commissions
      or other compensation was received by the principal underwriter,
      directly or indirectly, from the Registrant during the Registrant's last
      fiscal year.

ITEM 30.   LOCATION OF ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS

Each account, book or other document required to be maintained by Section
31(a) of the 1940 Act and Rules 31a-1 to 31a-3 thereunder are maintained by
the Company at 440 Lincoln Street, Worcester, Massachusetts.

ITEM 31.   MANAGEMENT SERVICES

The Company provides daily unit value calculations and related services for
the Company's separate accounts.

ITEM 32.   UNDERTAKINGS

  (a) Subject to the terms and conditions of Section 15(d) of the
      Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the undersigned Registrant hereby
      undertakes to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC")
      such supplementary and periodic information, documents, and reports as
      may be prescribed by any rule or regulation of the SEC heretofore or
      hereafter duly adopted pursuant to authority conferred in that section.

<PAGE>

  (b) The Registrant hereby undertakes to include in the prospectus a
      postcard that the applicant can remove to send for a Statement of
      Additional Information.

  (c) The Registrant hereby undertakes to deliver a Statement of
      Additional Information and any financial statements promptly upon
      written or oral request, according to the requirements of Form N-4.

  (d) Insofar as indemnification for liability arising under the 1933
      Act may be permitted to Directors, Officers and Controlling Persons of
      Registrant under any registration statement, underwriting agreement or
      otherwise, Registrant has been advised that, in the opinion of the SEC,
      such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the 1933
      Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.  In the event that a claim for
      indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by
      Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a Director, Officer or
      Controlling Person of Registrant in the successful defense of any
      action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such Director, Officer or
      Controlling Person in connection with the securities being registered,
      Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has
      been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate
      jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against
      public policy as expressed in the 1933 Act and will be governed by the
      final adjudication of such issue.

  (e) The Company hereby represents that the aggregate fees and charges
      under the Policies are reasonable in relation to the services rendered,
      expenses expected to be incurred, and risks assumed by the Company.

ITEM 33.   REPRESENTATIONS CONCERNING WITHDRAWAL RESTRICTIONS ON SECTION 403(B)
           PLANS AND UNDER THE TEXAS OPTIONAL RETIREMENT PROGRAM

Registrant, a separate account of Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and
Annuity Company ("Company"), states that it is (a) relying on Rule 6c-7 under
the 1940 Act with respect to withdrawal restrictions under the Texas Optional
Retirement Program ("Program") and (b) relying on the "no-action" letter
(Ref. No. IP-6-88) issued on November 28, 1988 to the American Council of
Life Insurance, in applying the withdrawal restrictions of Internal Revenue
Code Section 403(b)(11). Registrant has taken the following steps in reliance
on the letter:

  1.  Appropriate disclosures regarding the redemption/withdrawal
      restrictions imposed by the Program and by Section 403(b)(11) have been
      included in the prospectus of each registration statement used in
      connection with the offer of the Company's variable contracts.

  2.  Appropriate disclosures regarding the redemption/withdrawal
      restrictions imposed by the Program and by Section 403(b)(11) have been
      included in sales literature used in connection with the offer of the
      Company's variable contracts.

<PAGE>

  3.  Sales Representatives who solicit participants to purchase the
      variable contracts have been instructed to specifically bring the
      redemption/withdrawal restrictions imposed by the Program and by Section
      403(b)(11) to the attention of potential participants.

  4.  A signed statement acknowledging the participant's understanding
      of (I) the restrictions on redemption/withdrawal imposed by the Program
      and by Section 403(b)(11) and (ii) the investment alternatives available
      under the employer's arrangement will be obtained from each participant
      who purchases a variable annuity contract prior to or at the time of
      purchase.

Registrant hereby represents that it will not act to deny or limit a transfer
request except to the extent that a Service-Ruling or written opinion of
counsel, specifically addressing the fact pattern involved and taking into
account the terms of the applicable employer plan, determines that denial or
limitation is necessary for the variable annuity contracts to meet the
requirements of the Program or of Section 403(b).  Any  transfer request not
so denied or limited will be effected as expeditiously as possible.

<PAGE>

                                    SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment
Company Act of 1940 the Registrant has duly caused this initial Registration
Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereto duly
authorized, in the City of Worcester, and Commonwealth of Massachusetts, on
the 1st day of November, 1999.

                                SEPARATE ACCOUNT VA-P OF
               ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY

                                  By: /s/ Mary Eldridge
                                      ----------------------------------
                                      Mary Eldridge, Secretary

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this initial
Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the
capacities and on the dates indicated.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Signatures                      Title                                          Date
- -----------                     ------                                         ----
<S>                             <C>                                            <C>
/s/ Warren E. Barnes            Vice President and Corporate Controller         November 1, 1999
- --------------------------
Warren E. Barnes

Edward J. Parry III*            Director, Vice President, Chief Financial
- --------------------------      Officer and Treasurer


Richard M. Reilly*              Director, President and Chief Executive Officer
- --------------------------

John F. O'Brien*                Director and Chairman of the Board
- --------------------------

Bruce C. Anderson*              Director
- --------------------------

Robert E. Bruce*                Director and Chief Information Officer
- --------------------------

John P. Kavanaugh*              Director, Vice President and
- --------------------------      Chief Investment Officer

John F. Kelly*                  Director, Vice President and General Counsel
- --------------------------

J. Barry May*                   Director
- --------------------------

James R. McAuliffe*             Director
- --------------------------

Robert P. Restrepo, Jr.*        Director
- --------------------------

Eric A. Simonsen*               Director and Vice President
- --------------------------

Phillip E. Soule                Director
- --------------------------
</TABLE>

*Sheila B. St. Hilaire, by signing her name hereto, does hereby sign this
document on behalf of each of the above-named Directors and Officers of the
Registrant pursuant to the Power of Attorney dated July 1, 1999 duly executed
by such persons.

/s/ Sheila B. St. Hilaire
- --------------------------
Sheila B. St. Hilaire, Attorney-in-Fact

<PAGE>

                                 EXHIBIT TABLE

Exhibit 4          Contract Form A3030-99, Specs Pages and EDB Rider

Exhibit 5          Application Form SML --1517

Exhibit 8(b)       Directors' Power of Attorney

Exhibit 9          Opinion of Counsel

Exhibit 10         Consent of Independent Accountants

Exhibit 13         Schedule for Computation of Performance Quotations


<PAGE>

                   PLEASE READ THIS CONTRACT CAREFULLY

Annuity benefit payments and other values provided by this contract, when
based on the investment performance of the Variable Account, may increase or
decrease and are not guaranteed as to fixed dollar amount. Please refer to
the Value of the Variable Account section for additional information.

Values removed from a Guarantee Period Account prior to the end of its
Guarantee Period may be subject to a Market Value Adjustment that may
increase or decrease the values. A negative Market Value Adjustment will
never be applied to the Death Benefit. A positive Market Value Adjustment, if
applicable, will be added to the Death Benefit when the benefit paid is the
contract's Accumulated Value. Please refer to the Market Value Adjustment
section for additional information.

                      RIGHT TO EXAMINE CONTRACT

The Owner may cancel this contract by returning it to the Company or one of its
authorized representatives within ten days after receipt. If returned, the
Company will refund an amount equal to the Accumulated Value, after application
of any Market Value Adjustment, plus any fees or other charges imposed. If,
however, the contract is issued as an Individual Retirement Annuity (IRA), the
Company will refund the greater of the above or the gross payments.

ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY

Home Office:            Dover, Delaware
Principal Office:       440 Lincoln Street, Worcester, Massachusetts  01653

This is a legal contract between Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and
Annuity Company (the Company) and the Owner and is issued in consideration of
the Initial Payment shown on the Specifications page. Additional Payments are
permitted. Payments may be allocated to Variable Sub-Accounts, the Fixed
Account or Guarantee Period Accounts. While this contract is in effect, the
Company agrees to pay annuity benefit payments beginning on the Annuity Date
or to pay a Death Benefit to the Beneficiary if an Owner dies prior to the
Annuity Date.

     President                                                     Secretary

              Flexible Payment Deferred Variable and Fixed Annuity
              Annuity Benefit Payments Payable on the Annuity Date

    Death Benefit Payable to Beneficiary if Owner Dies prior to Annuity Date
                           Non-Participating



Form A3030-99                          1
<PAGE>

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

SPECIFICATONS

DEFINITIONS

OWNER, ANNUITANT AND BENEFICIARY

THE ACCUMULATION PHASE

         PAYMENTS

         VALUES

         TRANSFER

         WITHDRAWAL AND SURRENDER

         DEATH BENEFIT

THE PAYOUT PHASE

         ANNUITY BENEFIT

         TRANSFER

         WITHDRAWAL

         PRESENT VALUE OF ANNUITY BENEFIT PAYMENTS

         DEATH OF THE ANNUITANT

         ANNUITY BENEFIT PAYMENT OPTIONS

         ANNUITY BENEFIT PAYMENT GUARANTEE OPTIONS

         ANNUITY OPTION TABLES

GENERAL PROVISIONS


Form A3030-99                          2
<PAGE>

                                  DEFINITIONS

Accumulated Value                   The aggregate value of all accounts in
                                    this contract before the Annuity Date. As
                                    long as the Accumulated Value is greater
                                    than zero, the contract will stay in effect.

Accumulation Unit                   A measure used to calculate the value
                                    of a Sub-Account before annuity benefit
                                    payments begin.

Annuitant                           On and after the Annuity Date, the person
                                    upon whose continuation of life annuity
                                    benefit payments involving life contingency
                                    depend. Joint Annuitants are permitted and
                                    unless otherwise indicated, any reference to
                                    Annuitant shall include joint Annuitants.

Annuity Date                        The date annuity benefit payments
                                    begin. The Annuity Date is shown on the
                                    Specifications page.

Annuity Unit                        A measure used to calculate annuity
                                    benefit payments under a variable annuity
                                    option.

Beneficiary                         The person, persons or entity entitled to
                                    the Death Benefit prior to the Annuity Date
                                    or any annuity benefit payments upon the
                                    death of the Owner on or after the Annuity
                                    Date.

Company                             Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and
                                    Annuity Company.

Contract Year                       A one-year period based on the issue date or
                                    an anniversary thereof.

Effective Valuation Date            The Valuation Date on or immediately
                                    following the day a payment, request for
                                    transfer, withdrawal or surrender, or proof
                                    of death is received at the Principal
                                    Office.

Fixed Account                       The part of the Company's General Account
                                    to which all or a portion of a Payment or
                                    transfer may be allocated.

Fund                                Each separate investment company, investment
                                    series or portfolio eligible for investment
                                    by a Sub-Account of the Variable Account.

General Account                     All assets of the Company that are not
                                    allocated to a Separate Account.

Guarantee Period                    The number of years that a Guaranteed
                                    Interest Rate may be credited to a Guarantee
                                    Period Account.


Form A3030-99                          3
<PAGE>

Guarantee Period Account            An account which corresponds to a
                                    Guaranteed Interest Rate for a specified
                                    Guarantee Period and is supported by
                                    assets in a Separate Account. The Owner
                                    may only invest in a Guarantee Period
                                    Account prior to the Annuity Date.

Guaranteed Interest Rate            The annual effective rate of interest after
                                    daily compounding credited to a Guarantee
                                    Period Account.

Market Value Adjustment             A positive or negative adjustment to
                                    earnings in a Guarantee Period Account
                                    assessed if any portion of a Guarantee
                                    Period Account is withdrawn or
                                    transferred prior to the end of its
                                    Guarantee Period.

Owner                               The person, persons or entity entitled to
                                    exercise the rights and privileges under
                                    this contract. Joint Owners are permitted
                                    and unless otherwise indicated, any
                                    reference to Owner shall include joint
                                    Owners.

Pro Rata                            How a Payment or withdrawal may be
                                    allocated among the accounts. A Pro Rata
                                    allocation or withdrawal will be made in the
                                    same proportion that the value of each
                                    account bears to the Accumulated Value.

Request                             A request or notice made by the Owner, in a
                                    manner consistent with the Company's current
                                    procedures, which is received and recorded
                                    by the Company.

Separate Account                    A segregated account established by the
                                    Company. The assets in a Separate Account
                                    are not commingled with the Company's
                                    general assets and obligations. The assets
                                    of a Separate Account are not subject to
                                    claims arising out of any other business
                                    the Company may conduct.

State                               The state or jurisdiction in which the
                                    contract is issued.

Sub-Account                         A Variable Account subdivision that invests
                                    exclusively in shares of a corresponding
                                    Fund.

Surrender Value                     The amount payable to the Owner on full
                                    surrender after application of any Market
                                    Value Adjustment and Contract Fee.

Survivor Annuity Benefit            The number of Annuity Units (under a
Percentage                          variable joint life annuitization option) or
                                    the dollar value of the annuity benefit
                                    payments (under a fixed joint life
                                    annuitization option) paid during the
                                    surviving Annuitant's life may be less
                                    than or equal to the number of Annuity
                                    Units paid when both individuals are
                                    living. The Survivor Annuity Benefit
                                    Percentage is the percentage of total
                                    Annuity Units or dollars paid in each
                                    annuity benefit during the survivor's
                                    life. For example, with a Joint and
                                    Two-thirds Survivor Option, the Survivor
                                    Annuity Benefit Percentage is 66 2/3 %.
                                    This percentage is only applicable after
                                    the death of the first Annuitant.

Valuation Date                      A day the values of all units are
                                    determined. Valuation Dates occur on each
                                    day the New York Stock Exchange is open for
                                    trading, or such other dates when there is
                                    sufficient trading in a Fund's portfolio
                                    securities such that the current unit value
                                    may be materially affected.

Valuation Period                    The interval between two consecutive
                                    Valuation Dates.


Form A3030-99                          4
<PAGE>

Variable Account                    The Company's Separate Account,
                                    consisting of Sub-Accounts that invest in
                                    the underlying Funds.



















Form A3030-99                          5
<PAGE>


                        OWNER, ANNUITANT AND BENEFICIARY

Owner                               When the contract is issued, the Owner will
                                    be as shown on the Specifications page. The
                                    Owner may be changed in accordance with the
                                    terms of this contract. Upon the death of an
                                    Owner prior to the Annuity Date, a Death
                                    Benefit is paid. The Maximum Alternative
                                    Annuity Date is based upon the age of the
                                    Owner.

                                    The Owner may exercise all rights and
                                    options granted in this contract or by the
                                    Company, subject to the consent of any
                                    irrevocable Beneficiary. Where there are
                                    joint Owners, the consent of both is
                                    required in order to exercise any ownership
                                    rights.

Assignment                          Prior to the Annuity Date and prior to
                                    the death of an Owner, the Owner may be
                                    changed at any time.  Only the Owner may
                                    assign this contract.  An absolute
                                    assignment will transfer ownership to the
                                    assignee.  This contract may also be
                                    collaterally assigned as security.  The
                                    limitations on ownership rights while the
                                    collateral assignment is in effect are
                                    stated in the assignment. Additional
                                    limitations may exist for contracts
                                    issued under provisions of the Internal
                                    Revenue Code.

                                    An assignment will take place only when the
                                    Company has actually received a Request in
                                    writing and recorded the change at the
                                    Principal Office. The Company will not be
                                    deemed to know of the assignment until such
                                    time. When recorded, the assignment will
                                    take effect as of the date it was signed.
                                    The assignment will be subject to payments
                                    made or actions taken by the Company before
                                    the change was recorded.

                                    The Company will not be responsible for the
                                    validity of any assignment nor the extent of
                                    any assignee's interest. The interests of
                                    the Beneficiary will be subject to any
                                    assignment.

Annuitant                           When the contract is issued, the
                                    Annuitant will be as shown on the
                                    Specifications page.  The Annuitant may
                                    be changed in accordance with the terms
                                    of this contract.  Prior to the Annuity
                                    Date, an Annuitant may be replaced or
                                    added unless the Owner is a non-natural
                                    person.  At all times there must be at
                                    least one Annuitant.  If the Annuitant
                                    dies and a replacement is not named, the
                                    Owner will be considered to be the new
                                    Annuitant.  Upon the death of an
                                    Annuitant prior to the Annuity Date, a
                                    Death Benefit is not paid unless the
                                    Owner is a non-natural person.

                                    A change of Annuitant will take place only
                                    when the Company has actually received a
                                    Request in writing and recorded the change
                                    at the Principal Office. The Company will
                                    not be deemed to know of the change of
                                    Annuitant until such time. When recorded,
                                    the change of Annuitant will take effect as
                                    of the date it was signed. The change of
                                    Annuitant will be subject to payments made
                                    or actions taken by the Company before the
                                    change was recorded.

Beneficiary                         The Beneficiary is as named on the
                                    Specifications page unless subsequently
                                    changed.  The Owner may declare any
                                    Beneficiary to be revocable or
                                    irrevocable.  A revocable Beneficiary may
                                    be changed at any time prior to the


Form A3030-99                          6
<PAGE>

                                    Annuity Date and before the death of an
                                    Owner or after the Annuity Date and
                                    before the death of the Annuitant.  An
                                    irrevocable Beneficiary must consent in
                                    writing to any change.  Unless otherwise
                                    indicated, the Beneficiary will be
                                    revocable.

                                    A Beneficiary change must be made in writing
                                    in a form acceptable to the Company and will
                                    be subject to the rights of any assignee of
                                    record. When the Company receives the form,
                                    the change will take place as of the date it
                                    was signed, even if an Owner or the
                                    Annuitant dies after the form is signed but
                                    prior to the Company's receipt of the form.
                                    Any rights created by the change will be
                                    subject to payments made or actions taken by
                                    the Company before the change was recorded.

                                    All benefits payable to the Beneficiary
                                    under this contract will be divided equally
                                    among the surviving Beneficiaries of the
                                    same class, unless the Owner directs
                                    otherwise. If there is no surviving
                                    Beneficiary in a particular class, then the
                                    benefit is divided equally among the
                                    surviving Beneficiaries of the next class.
                                    If there is no surviving Beneficiary, the
                                    deceased Beneficiary's interest will pass to
                                    the Owner or the Owner's estate. At the
                                    death of the first joint Owner prior to the
                                    Annuity Date, the surviving joint Owner is
                                    the sole, primary Beneficiary
                                    notwithstanding that the designated
                                    Beneficiary may be different.

                                    The Beneficiary can not assign, transfer,
                                    commute, anticipate or encumber the proceeds
                                    or payments unless given that right by the
                                    Owner.

Protection of Proceeds              To the extent allowed by law, this contract
                                    and any payments made under it will be
                                    exempt from the claims of creditors.







Form A3030-99                          7
<PAGE>


                                             THE ACCUMULATION PHASE

                                    PAYMENTS

Payments                            Each Payment is equal to the gross payment
                                    less the amount of any applicable premium
                                    tax. The Company reserves the right to
                                    deduct the amount of the premium tax from
                                    the Accumulated Value at a later date rather
                                    than when the premium tax liability is first
                                    incurred by the Company. In no event will an
                                    amount be deducted for premium taxes before
                                    the Company has incurred a tax liability
                                    under applicable State law.

Initial Payment                     The Initial Payment is shown on the
                                    Specifications page.

Additional Payments                 Prior to the Annuity Date and before the
                                    death of an Owner, the Owner may make
                                    additional Payments of at least the
                                    Minimum Additional Payment Amount (see
                                    Specifications page). Total Payments made
                                    may not exceed [$5,000,000] without the
                                    Company's consent.

Payment Allocations                 The Initial Payment is allocated in
                                    accordance with the Payment Allocation,
                                    shown on the Specifications page. Each
                                    subsequent Payment will be allocated in
                                    the same manner unless allocation
                                    instructions accompany the Payment or the
                                    Payment Allocation is changed by the
                                    Owner.

                                    The minimum amount that may be allocated to
                                    the Guarantee Period Account is shown on the
                                    Specifications page. If the Owner requests
                                    an allocation less than the minimum amount,
                                    the Company reserves the right to apply that
                                    amount to the [money market Sub-Account.]

                                    VALUES

Value of the Variable
Account                             The value of a Sub-Account on a Valuation
                                    Date is determined by multiplying the
                                    Accumulation Units in that Sub-Account by
                                    the Accumulation Unit Value as of the
                                    Valuation Date.

                                    Accumulation Units are purchased when an
                                    amount is allocated to a Sub-Account. The
                                    number of Accumulation Units purchased
                                    equals that amount divided by the applicable
                                    Accumulation Unit Value as of the Valuation
                                    Date.

Accumulation Unit
Values                              The value of a Sub-Account Accumulation Unit
                                    as of any Valuation Date is determined by
                                    multiplying the value of an Accumulation
                                    Unit for the preceding Valuation Date by the
                                    Net Investment Factor for that Valuation
                                    Period.

Net Investment Factor               The Net Investment Factor measures the
                                    investment performance of a Sub-Account
                                    from one Valuation Period to the next.
                                    This factor is equal to 1.000000 plus the
                                    result (which may be positive or
                                    negative) from dividing (a) by (b) and
                                    subtracting (c) and (d) where:


Form A3030-99                          8
<PAGE>

                                    (a) is the investment income of a
                                        Sub-Account for the Valuation Period,
                                        including realized or unrealized
                                        capital gains and losses during the
                                        Valuation Period, adjusted for
                                        provisions made for taxes, if any;

                                    (b) is the value of that Sub-Account's
                                        assets at the beginning of the Valuation
                                        Period;

                                    (c) is the Mortality and Expense Risk
                                        Charge applicable to the current
                                        Valuation Period (see Specifications
                                        page) plus any applicable Rider
                                        charges; and

                                    (d) is the Administrative Charge applicable
                                        to the current Valuation Period (see
                                        Specifications page).

                                    The Company assumes the risk that its actual
                                    mortality expense experience may exceed the
                                    amounts provided under the contract. The
                                    Company guarantees that the charge for
                                    mortality and expense risks and the
                                    administrative charge will not be increased.
                                    Subject to applicable State and federal
                                    laws, these charges may be decreased or the
                                    method used to determine the Net Investment
                                    Factor may be changed.

Value of the Fixed
Account                             Amounts allocated to the Fixed Account
                                    receive interest at rates periodically
                                    set by the Company.  The Company
                                    guarantees that the initial rate of
                                    interest in effect when an amount is
                                    allocated to the Fixed Account will
                                    remain in effect for that amount for one
                                    year or until such amount is transferred
                                    out of the Fixed Account, whichever is
                                    sooner.  Thereafter, the rate of interest
                                    for that amount will be the Company's
                                    current interest rate, but no less than
                                    the Minimum Fixed Account Guaranteed
                                    Interest Rate (see Specifications page).

                                    The value of the Fixed Account on any date
                                    is the sum of amounts allocated to the Fixed
                                    Account plus interest compounded and
                                    credited daily at the rates applicable to
                                    those amounts. The value of the Fixed
                                    Account will be at least equal to the
                                    minimum required by law in the State in
                                    which this contract is delivered.

Value of the Guarantee
Period Accounts                     Amounts allocated to the same Guarantee
                                    Period Account on the same day will be
                                    treated as one Guarantee Period Account.
                                    The interest rate in effect when an
                                    amount is allocated to a Guarantee Period
                                    Account is guaranteed for the duration of
                                    the Guarantee Period.  Each time the
                                    Guaranteed Interest Rate changes for a
                                    particular Guarantee Period, a new
                                    Guarantee Period Account is established.

                                    The value of a Guarantee Period Account on
                                    any date is the sum of amounts allocated to
                                    that Guarantee Period Account plus interest
                                    compounded and credited daily at the rate
                                    applicable to that amount.

Guaranteed Interest
Rates                               The Company will periodically set Guaranteed
                                    Interest Rates for each available Guarantee
                                    Period. These rates will be guaranteed for
                                    the duration of the respective Guarantee
                                    Periods. A Guaranteed Interest Rate will
                                    never be less than the Guarantee Period
                                    Account Minimum Interest Rate (see
                                    Specifications page).


Form A3030-99                          9
<PAGE>

Renewal Guarantee
Periods                             At least 45 days (but not more than 75
                                    days) prior to the end of a Guarantee
                                    Period, the Company will notify the Owner
                                    in writing of the expiration of that
                                    Guarantee Period.  The Owner may transfer
                                    amounts to the Sub-Accounts, the Fixed
                                    Account or establish a new Guarantee
                                    Period Account of any duration then
                                    offered by the Company as of the day
                                    following the expiration of the Guarantee
                                    Period.  The transfer will not be subject
                                    to a Market Value Adjustment; see "Market
                                    Value Adjustment," page [11].  Guaranteed
                                    Interest Rates corresponding to the
                                    available Guarantee Periods may be higher
                                    or lower than the previous Guaranteed
                                    Interest Rate.  If reallocation
                                    instructions are not received at the
                                    Principal Office before the end of a
                                    Guarantee Period, the Guarantee Period
                                    Account value will be automatically
                                    applied to a new Guarantee Period Account
                                    with the same Guarantee Period unless:

                                    (a) less than the Guarantee Period Account
                                        Account Minimum Allocation Amount (see
                                        Specifications page) remains in the
                                        Guarantee Period Account on its
                                        expiration date; or

                                    (b) the Guarantee Period would extend
                                        beyond the Annuity Date or is no longer
                                        available.

                                    In such cases, the Guarantee Period Account
                                    value will be transferred to the [money
                                    market Sub-Account.]

Contract Fee                        Prior to the Annuity Date on each contract
                                    anniversary and when the contract is
                                    surrendered, the Company will deduct a
                                    Contract Fee (see Specifications page) Pro
                                    Rata.

                                    TRANSFER

                                    Prior to the Annuity Date, the Owner may
                                    transfer amounts among accounts by Request
                                    to the Principal Office. Transfers to a
                                    Guarantee Period Account must be at least
                                    equal to the Minimum Guarantee Period
                                    Account Allocation Amount (see
                                    Specifications page). If the Owner requests
                                    the transfer of a smaller amount to the
                                    Guarantee Period Account, the Company may
                                    transfer that amount to the [money market
                                    Sub-Account.]

                                    Any transfer from a Guarantee Period Account
                                    prior to the end of its Guarantee Period
                                    will be subject to a Market Value
                                    Adjustment.

                                    There is no charge for the first twelve
                                    transfers per contract year. A transfer
                                    charge of up to $25 may be imposed on each
                                    additional transfer.

                                    The Company reserves the right to establish
                                    and impose reasonable rules restricting
                                    transfers. All transfers are subject to the
                                    Company's consent.

                                    WITHDRAWAL AND SURRENDER

                                    Prior to the Annuity Date, the Owner may, by
                                    Request, withdraw a part of the Surrender
                                    Value or surrender the contract for its
                                    Surrender Value.


Form A3030-99                          10
<PAGE>

                                    Any withdrawal must be at least the Minimum
                                    Withdrawal Amount (see Specifications page).
                                    A withdrawal will not be permitted if the
                                    Accumulated Value remaining in the contract
                                    would be less than the Minimum Accumulated
                                    Value After Withdrawal (see Specifications
                                    page). The Request must indicate the dollar
                                    amount to be paid and the accounts from
                                    which it is to be withdrawn. A withdrawal
                                    from a Guarantee Period Account will be
                                    subject to a Market Value Adjustment.

                                    When surrendered, this contract terminates
                                    and the Company has no further liability
                                    under it. The Surrender Value will be based
                                    on the Accumulated Value on the Effective
                                    Valuation Date.

                                    Amounts taken from the Variable Account will
                                    be paid within 7 days of the date a Request
                                    is received. The Company reserves the right
                                    to delay payments subject to applicable
                                    laws, rules and regulations governing
                                    variable annuities.

                                    Amounts taken from the Fixed Account or the
                                    Guarantee Period Accounts will normally be
                                    paid within 7 days of the date a Request is
                                    received. The Company may defer payment for
                                    up to six months from the receipt date.

                                    If deferred for 30 days or more, the amount
                                    payable will be credited interest at a rate
                                    of at least 3% or the rate mandated by the
                                    appropriate State.

Market Value Adjustment             A transfer, withdrawal or surrender from
                                    a Guarantee Period Account after the
                                    expiration of its Guarantee Period will
                                    not be subject to a Market Value
                                    Adjustment.  A Market Value Adjustment
                                    will apply to all other transfers,
                                    withdrawals or surrenders from, a
                                    Guarantee Period Account.  Amounts in a
                                    Guarantee Period Account that are applied
                                    under an Annuity Option are treated as
                                    withdrawals when calculating the Market
                                    Value Adjustment.  The Market Value
                                    Adjustment will be determined by
                                    multiplying the amount taken from each
                                    Guarantee Period Account by the market
                                    value factor.  The market value factor
                                    for each Guarantee Period Account is
                                    equal to:

                                                  n/365
                                            (1+i)
                                           [-----]
                                            (1+j)         -1

                                    where:

                                            i - is the Guaranteed Interest Rate
                                            expressed as a decimal (for example:
                                            3% = 0.03) being credited to the
                                            current Guarantee Period;

                                            j - is the new Guaranteed Interest
                                            Rate, expressed as a decimal, for a
                                            Guarantee Period with a duration
                                            equal to the number of years
                                            remaining in the current Guarantee
                                            Period, rounded to the next higher
                                            number of whole years. If that rate
                                            is not available, the Company will
                                            use a suitable rate or index allowed
                                            by the Department of Insurance; and


Form A3030-99                          11
<PAGE>

                                            n - is the number of days remaining
                                            from the Effective Valuation Date to
                                            the end of the current Guarantee
                                            Period.

                                    If the Guaranteed Interest Rate being
                                    credited is lower than the new Guaranteed
                                    Interest Rate, the Market Value Adjustment
                                    will decrease the Guarantee Period Account
                                    value. Similarly, if the Guaranteed Interest
                                    Rate being credited is higher than the new
                                    Guaranteed Interest Rate, the Market Value
                                    Adjustment will increase the Guarantee
                                    Period Account value. The Market Value
                                    Adjustment will never result in a change to
                                    the value more than the interest earned in
                                    excess of an amount based on the Guarantee
                                    Period Account Minimum Interest Rate (see
                                    Specifications page).

                                    DEATH BENEFIT

                                    At the death of an Owner prior to the
                                    Annuity Date, the Company will pay to the
                                    Beneficiary a Death Benefit upon receipt at
                                    the Principal Office of proof of death. If
                                    the Owner is a non-natural person, prior to
                                    the Annuity Date, a Death Benefit is paid on
                                    the death of an Annuitant, upon receipt at
                                    the Principal Office of proof of death.

Death Benefit                       The Death Benefit will be the greater of:

                                    (a) the Accumulated Value on the Effective
                                        Valuation Date, increased by any
                                        positive Market Value Adjustment; or

                                    (b) the sum of the gross payments made
                                        under this contract prior to the date
                                        of death, proportionately reduced to
                                        reflect all partial withdrawals.

                                        For each withdrawal, the proportionate
                                        reduction is calculated by multiplying
                                        the Death Benefit under the (b) option,
                                        immediately prior to the withdrawal, by
                                        the following:

<TABLE>
<S>                                     <C>
                                                     Amount of the withdrawal
                                                     -------------------------
                                        Accumulated Value immediately prior to the withdrawal
</TABLE>

Payment of the Death
Benefit                             Unless the Owner has specified otherwise,
                                    the Death Benefit will be paid to the
                                    Beneficiary within 7 days of the Effective
                                    Valuation Date. Alternatively, the
                                    Beneficiary may, by a Request in writing,
                                    elect to:

                                    (a) defer distribution of the Death Benefit
                                        for a period no more than 5 years from
                                        the date of death; or

                                    (b) receive distributions over his/her life
                                        expectancy (or over a period not
                                        extending beyond such life expectancy).
                                        Distributions must begin within one year
                                        from the date of death.

                                    If distribution of the Death Benefit is
                                    deferred under (a) or (b), any value in
                                    Guarantee Period Accounts will be
                                    transferred to the [money market
                                    Sub-Account]. The excess, if any, of the
                                    Death Benefit over the Accumulated Value
                                    will also be transferred to the [money
                                    market Sub-Account.] The Beneficiary


Form A3030-99                          12
<PAGE>

                                    may, by a Request, effect transfers and
                                    withdrawals, but may not make additional
                                    Payments. If there are multiple
                                    Beneficiaries, the consent of all is
                                    required.

                                    If the sole Beneficiary is the deceased
                                    Owner's spouse, the Beneficiary may, by a
                                    Request in writing, continue the contract
                                    and become the new Owner and Annuitant
                                    subject to the following:

                                    (a) any value in the Guarantee Period
                                        Accounts will be transferred to the
                                        [money market Sub-Account];

                                    (b) the excess, if any, of the Death Benefit
                                        over the contract's Accumulated Value
                                        will also be transferred to the [money
                                        market Sub-Account];

                                    (c) additional Payments may be made; and

                                    (d) any subsequent spouse of the new Owner,
                                        if named as the Beneficiary, may not
                                        continue the contract.






Form A3030-99                          13
<PAGE>


                                              THE PAYOUT PHASE

                                    ANNUITY BENEFIT

Annuity Options                     Annuity Options are available on a fixed,
                                    variable or combination fixed and variable
                                    basis. The Annuity Options described below
                                    or any alternative option offered by the
                                    Company may be chosen. If no option is
                                    chosen, monthly benefit payments will be
                                    made under the Variable Life Annuity with
                                    Cash Back option.

                                    The Owner may also elect to have the Death
                                    Benefit applied under any Annuity Option not
                                    extending beyond the Beneficiary's life
                                    expectancy. Such an election may not be
                                    altered by the Beneficiary.

                                    Fixed annuity options are funded through the
                                    General Account. Variable annuity options
                                    may be funded through one or more of the
                                    Sub-Accounts. Not all Sub-Accounts may be
                                    made available.

Selection of Annuity
Benefit Payments                    The Owner must select an Annuity Benefit
                                    Payment Option (see page [X] for a list of
                                    such options). Annuity benefit payments
                                    will be paid monthly or at any other
                                    frequency currently offered by the
                                    Company.  If the first payment would be
                                    less than the Minimum Annuity Benefit
                                    Payment (see Specifications page), a
                                    single payment will be made instead.  If a
                                    life annuity option has been elected,
                                    satisfactory proof of the date of birth of
                                    the Annuitant must be received at the
                                    Principal Office before any payment is
                                    made.  Also, if a life annuity option has
                                    been elected, the Company may require from
                                    time to time satisfactory proof that the
                                    Annuitant is alive.

Annuity Benefit
Payment Change Frequency            In the case of a variable annuity option,
                                    the Owner must select an Annuity Benefit
                                    Payment Change Frequency.  This is the
                                    frequency of change in the dollar value of
                                    the variable annuity benefit payments.
                                    For example, if an annual Annuity Benefit
                                    Payment Change Frequency is chosen, the
                                    dollar value of variable annuity benefit
                                    payments will remain constant within each
                                    one-year period.  The Owner must also
                                    select the date of the first change.

Assumed Investment
Return                              In the case of a variable annuity option,
                                    the Owner must select an Assumed
                                    Investment Return ("AIR").  This rate is
                                    used to determine the initial variable
                                    annuity benefit payment and how the
                                    payment will change over time in response
                                    to the performance of the selected
                                    Sub-Accounts.  If the actual performance
                                    of any selected Sub-Account (as measured
                                    by the Net Investment Factor) is equal to
                                    the AIR, the annuity benefit payment
                                    attributable to that Sub-Account will be
                                    constant.  If the actual performance is
                                    greater than the AIR, the annuity benefit
                                    payment will increase.  If the actual
                                    performance is less than the AIR, the
                                    annuity benefit payment will decrease.


Form A3030-99                          14
<PAGE>


Reversal of Decision
To Annuitize                        The Owner may reverse the decision to
                                    annuitize by a Request in writing within
                                    90 days after the Annuity Date. Upon
                                    receipt of such notice, the Company will
                                    place the contract back to the
                                    Accumulation Phase subject to the
                                    following:

                                    (a) The funds applied under a variable
                                        annuity option during this period will
                                        be treated as if they had been
                                        invested in the Accumulation Phase of
                                        the contract, with the same
                                        allocations that were in effect since
                                        the Annuity Date.

                                    (b) The funds applied under a fixed annuity
                                        option during this period will be
                                        treated as if they had been invested
                                        in the Accumulation Phase of the
                                        contract in the Fixed Account, since
                                        the Annuity Date.

                                    (c) Any annuity benefit payment paid or
                                        withdrawal taken during this period
                                        will treated as a withdrawal of the
                                        Surrender Value as of the date of the
                                        payment or withdrawal. Fixed annuity
                                        benefit payments will be treated as
                                        withdrawals from the Fixed Account.
                                        Variable annuity benefit payments will
                                        be treated as withdrawals from the
                                        variable Sub-Accounts.

                                    (d) If the Company learns of the Owner's
                                        decision to reverse after the Maximum
                                        Alternate Annuity Date (see
                                        Specifications page) the Owner must
                                        immediately select another Annuity
                                        Benefit Payment Option.

Annuity Value                       The Annuity Value will be the Accumulated
                                    Value, after application of any applicable
                                    Market Value Adjustment less any
                                    applicable premium tax. For a Death
                                    Benefit annuity, the Annuity Value will be
                                    the amount of the Death Benefit, less any
                                    applicable premium tax.  The Annuity Value
                                    applied under a variable Annuity Option is
                                    based on the Accumulation Unit Value on a
                                    Valuation Date not more than four weeks,
                                    uniformly applied, before the Annuity Date.

                                    The amount of the first annuity benefit
                                    payment under all available options except
                                    period certain options will depend on the
                                    age and/or sex of the Annuitant on the
                                    Annuity Date and the Annuity Value applied.
                                    Period certain options are based only on the
                                    duration of payments and the Annuity Value.

Annuity Unit Values                 A Sub-Account Annuity Unit Value on any
                                    Valuation Date is equal to its value on the
                                    preceding Valuation Date multiplied by the
                                    product of:

                                    (a) a discount factor equivalent to the
                                        Assumed Investment Return; and

                                    (b) the Net Investment Factor of the
                                        Sub-Account funding the annuity benefit
                                        payments for the applicable Valuation
                                        Period.

                                    The value of an Annuity Unit as of any date
                                    other than a Valuation Date is equal to its
                                    value as of the preceding Valuation Date.

                                    Each variable annuity benefit payment is
                                    equal to the number of Annuity Units
                                    multiplied by the applicable value of an
                                    Annuity Unit, except that under a Joint and
                                    Survivor Option, after the first death, the
                                    number of units in each payment is equal to
                                    the total number of units multiplied by the
                                    Survivor Annuity Benefit Percentage.

                                    Variable annuity benefit payments will
                                    increase or decrease with the value of the
                                    Annuity Units as of the date of the first
                                    payment of each Annuity Benefit


Form A3030-99                          15
<PAGE>


                                    Payment Change Frequency. The Company
                                    guarantees that the amount of each variable
                                    annuity benefit payment will not be affected
                                    by changes in mortality and expense
                                    experience.

Number of Annuity Units             For each Sub-Account the number of Annuity
                                    Units determining the benefit payable is
                                    equal to the amount of the first annuity
                                    benefit payment divided by the value of
                                    the Annuity Unit as of the Valuation Date
                                    used to calculate the amount of the first
                                    payment.  Once annuity benefit payments
                                    begin, the number of Annuity Units will
                                    not change unless a split, a withdrawal or
                                    a transfer is made.

Payment of Annuity
Benefit Payments                    Annuity Benefit Payments are paid to the
                                    Owner. By Request in writing, the Owner
                                    may direct that payments are made to
                                    another person, persons or entity. If an
                                    Owner, who is not also an Annuitant, dies
                                    on or after the Annuity Date, the
                                    following occurs:

                                    (a) If the deceased Owner was the sole
                                        Owner, then the remaining annuity
                                        benefit payments will be payable to
                                        the Beneficiary in accordance with the
                                        terms of the Annuity Option selected.
                                        Upon the death of a sole Owner, the
                                        Beneficiary becomes the Owner of the
                                        contract.

                                    (b) If the contract has joint Owners,
                                        then the remaining annuity benefit
                                        payments will be payable to the
                                        surviving joint Owner in accordance
                                        with the terms of the Annuity Option
                                        selected. Upon the death of the
                                        surviving joint Owner, the Beneficiary
                                        becomes the Owner of the contract.

                                    TRANSFER

                                    After the Annuity Date and prior to the
                                    death of the Annuitant, the Owner may
                                    transfer among Sub-accounts by Request to
                                    the Principal Office.

                                    Transfers may increase or decrease the
                                    number of Annuity Units in each subsequent
                                    payment.

                                    There is no charge for the first twelve
                                    transfers per contract year. A transfer
                                    charge of up to $25 may be imposed on each
                                    additional transfer.

                                    The Company reserves the right to establish
                                    and impose reasonable rules restricting
                                    transfers. All transfers are subject to the
                                    Company's consent.

                                    WITHDRAWAL

                                    After the Annuity Date and prior to the
                                    death of the Annuitant, the Owner may have
                                    the right, based on the Annuity Option
                                    selected, to make withdrawals. If the Death
                                    Benefit is applied under an Annuity Option
                                    the Beneficiary may also make withdrawals in
                                    accordance with this provision.

                                    Amounts withdrawn that were applied under a
                                    variable Annuity Option will be paid within
                                    7 days of the date a Request is received.
                                    The Company reserves the


Form A3030-99                          16
<PAGE>


                                    right to delay payments subject to
                                    applicable laws, rules and regulations
                                    governing variable annuities.

                                    Amounts withdrawn that were applied under a
                                    fixed Annuity Option will normally be paid
                                    within 7 days of the date a Request is
                                    received. The Company may defer payment for
                                    up to six months from the date a Request is
                                    received. If deferred for 30 days or more,
                                    the amount payable will be credited interest
                                    at a rate of at least 3% or the appropriate
                                    rate mandated by the State.

                                    Only one Request for withdrawal under each
                                    provision may be made each calendar year.

Payment Withdrawal
Amount Option                       Each calendar year, the Owner can request
                                    up to an amount equal to the Payment
                                    Withdrawal Amount (see Specifications page)
                                    multiplied by the previous annuity benefit
                                    payment.

                                    For fixed Annuity Options, each withdrawal
                                    proportionately reduces the dollar amount of
                                    each future annuity benefit payment. The
                                    proportionate reduction is calculated by
                                    multiplying the dollar amount of each future
                                    annuity benefit payment by the following:

<TABLE>
<S>                                     <C>
                                              Amount of the withdrawal
                                              -------------------------
                                       Present Value of all remaining fixed annuity
                                     benefit payments immediately prior the withdrawal.
</TABLE>

                                    For variable Annuity Options, each
                                    withdrawal proportionately reduces the
                                    number of Annuity Units in each future
                                    annuity benefit payment. The proportionate
                                    reduction is calculated by multiplying the
                                    number of Annuity Units in each future
                                    annuity benefit payment by the following:

<TABLE>
<S>                                     <C>
                                              Amount of the withdrawal
                                              -------------------------
                                      Present Value of all remaining variable annuity
                                    benefit payments immediately prior to the withdrawal.
</TABLE>

Present Value
Withdrawal Option                   Over the life of the contract, for period
                                    certain, life with period certain and cash
                                    back Annuity Options when there are
                                    remaining guaranteed payments, the Owner
                                    may request withdrawals which represent a
                                    percentage of the Present Value of those
                                    remaining guaranteed annuity benefit
                                    payments.  Each year a withdrawal is taken
                                    under this provision, the Company records
                                    the percentage withdrawn.  Each withdrawal
                                    proportionately reduces future annuity
                                    benefit payments.  (See proportionate
                                    reduction calculation below.)  The total
                                    percentage withdrawn over the life of the
                                    contract cannot exceed the Present Value
                                    Withdrawal Amount (see Specifications
                                    page).

                                    For fixed Annuity Options, each withdrawal
                                    proportionately reduces the dollar amount of
                                    each future annuity benefit payment. The
                                    proportionate reduction is calculated by
                                    multiplying the dollar amount of each future
                                    annuity benefit payment by the following:


Form A3030-99                          17
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                     <C>
                                                   Amount of the withdrawal
                                                   -------------------------
                                    Present Value of all remaining fixed guaranteed annuity benefit
                                            payments immediately prior to the withdrawal
</TABLE>

                                    For variable Annuity Options, each
                                    withdrawal proportionately reduces any
                                    remaining guaranteed payments. The
                                    proportionate reduction is calculated by
                                    multiplying the number of Annuity Units in
                                    each future annuity benefit payment by the
                                    following:

<TABLE>
<S>                                     <C>
                                                   Amount of the withdrawal
                                                   -------------------------
                                    Present Value of all remaining variable guaranteed annuity benefit
                                           payments immediately prior to the withdrawal
</TABLE>

                                    If an Annuitant is still living after there
                                    are no remaining guaranteed payments under a
                                    life with period certain or life with cash
                                    back payout:

                                    (a) for variable Annuity Options, the number
                                        of Annuity Units will increase to the
                                        number of Annuity Units payable prior to
                                        any withdrawals, adjusted for transfers.

                                    (b) for fixed Annuity Options, the dollar
                                        amount of the annuity benefit payments
                                        will increase to the amount payable
                                        prior to any withdrawals, adjusted for
                                        transfers.

                                    PRESENT VALUE OF ANNUITY BENEFIT PAYMENTS

                                    For a variety of purposes, it is at times
                                    necessary to determine the Present Value of
                                    either all future annuity benefit payments
                                    or of future guaranteed annuity benefit
                                    payments. Present Values are calculated
                                    based on the Annuity 2000 Mortality Table,
                                    male, female or unisex rates as appropriate,
                                    and the interest rate or AIR used to
                                    determine the annuity benefit payments
                                    increased by the following adjustments:


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 Adjustment
         <S>      <C>  <C>                                                                       <C>
         Death of the Annuitant                                                                  0.00%
         Withdrawals
                  5 or more years after the issue date                                           0.00%
                  Within 5 years of issue date:
                       15 or more years of annuity benefit payments being valued                 1.00%
                       10-14 years of annuity benefit payments being valued                      1.50%
                       Less than 10 years of annuity benefit payments being valued               2.00%
</TABLE>

                                    DEATH OF THE ANNUITANT

                                    Unless otherwise indicated by the Owner,
                                    upon the death of the Annuitant, the Present
                                    Value of the remaining guaranteed annuity
                                    benefit payments may be paid to the Owner.


Form A3030-99                          18
<PAGE>

                                    ANNUITY BENEFIT PAYMENT OPTIONS

                                    PERIOD CERTAIN ANNUITY:

                                    Periodic annuity benefit payments for a
                                    chosen number of years. The number of years
                                    selected may be from 5 to 30.

                                    LIFE ANNUITY:

                                    (a) Single Life - Periodic annuity benefit
                                        payments during the Annuitant's life.
                                        The annuity benefit payments do not
                                        continue after the death of the
                                        Annuitant.

                                    (b) Joint and Survivor - Periodic annuity
                                        benefit payments during the joint
                                        lifetime of the joint Annuitants.  For
                                        variable options, after the first
                                        death, the number of units in each
                                        payment during the lifetime of the
                                        survivor is equal to the total number
                                        of units multiplied by the Survivor
                                        Annuity Benefit Percentage.  For fixed
                                        options, after the first death, the
                                        dollar amount of each payment during
                                        the lifetime of the survivor is equal
                                        to the dollar value of each payment
                                        paid prior to such death multiplied by
                                        the Survivor Annuity Benefit
                                        Percentage.

                                    ANNUITY BENEFIT PAYMENT GUARANTEE OPTIONS

                                    If a life Annuity Option has been elected,
                                    the Owner may also select one of the
                                    following guarantees:

                                    PERIOD CERTAIN

                                    Periodic guaranteed payments for a period of
                                    ten years, or any other period currently
                                    made available by the Company.

                                    CASH BACK:

                                    Upon notification of the Annuitant's death,
                                    any excess of the Annuity Value applied over
                                    the total amount of the annuity benefit
                                    payments will be paid to the Owner or
                                    Beneficiary, whichever is applicable.

                                    ANNUITY OPTION RATES

                                    The first variable annuity benefit payment
                                    will be based on the Annuity Option Rates
                                    made available by the Company on the rate
                                    basis available at the time the Annuity
                                    Option is selected. The fixed annuity
                                    benefit payments will be based on the
                                    greater of the guaranteed Annuity Option
                                    Rates shown in the tables on the following
                                    pages or the Company's non-guaranteed
                                    current Annuity Option Rates applicable to
                                    this class of contracts. The Company
                                    guarantees that once an Annuity Option is
                                    selected, the annuity benefit payments will
                                    not be affected by changes in mortality and
                                    expense experience.


Form A3030-99                          19
<PAGE>


                                               ANNUITY OPTION TABLES

                                       FIRST MONTHLY ANNUITY BENEFIT PAYMENT
                                     FOR EACH $1,000 OF ANNUITY VALUE APPLIES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 Age Nearest              Life Annuity with                             Life                               Life Annuity
   Payment               Payments Guaranteed                          Annuity                              with Cashback
                            for 10 Years
<S>                <C>         <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>         <C>          <C>
                   Male        Female       Unisex        Male         Female       Unisex        Male        Female       Unisex

      50           4.05         3.81         3.91         4.08          3.83         3.93         3.90         3.72         3.79

      51           4.11         3.87         3.97         4.15          3.89         3.99         3.96         3.77         3.85
      52           4.18         3.93         4.03         4.22          3.95         4.06         4.01         3.82         3.90
      53           4.25         3.99         4.10         4.30          4.01         4.13         4.07         3.88         3.96
      54           4.33         4.06         4.17         4.38          4.08         4.20         4.14         3.94         4.02
      55           4.41         4.13         4.24         4.46          4.15         4.28         4.20         3.99         4.07

      56           4.49         4.20         4.32         4.55          4.23         4.36         4.27         4.06         4.14
      57           4.58         4.28         4.40         4.65          4.31         4.45         4.34         4.12         4.21
      58           4.68         4.36         4.49         4.75          4.40         4.54         4.42         4.19         4.28
      59           4.78         4.45         4.58         4.86          4.49         4.64         4.50         4.26         4.36
      60           4.88         4.54         4.67         4.98          4.59         4.74         4.58         4.34         4.44

      61           4.99         4.63         4.77         5.10          4.69         4.85         4.67         4.42         4.52
      62           5.10         4.73         4.88         5.23          4.80         4.97         4.76         4.50         4.60
      63           5.23         4.84         4.99         5.37          4.92         5.10         4.85         4.59         4.69
      64           5.35         4.95         5.11         5.52          5.04         5.24         4.95         4.68         4.79
      65           5.48         5.07         5.24         5.69          5.18         5.38         5.06         4.78         4.89

      66           5.62         5.20         5.37         5.86          5.32         5.54         5.17         4.89         5.00
      67           5.77         5.33         5.51         6.04          5.47         5.70         5.28         4.99         5.11
      68           5.92         5.47         5.65         6.24          5.64         5.88         5.40         5.11         5.23
      69           6.07         5.62         5.80         6.45          5.82         6.07         5.52         5.23         5.35
      70           6.23         5.78         5.96         6.67          6.01         6.27         5.66         5.36         5.48

      71           6.39         5.94         6.12         6.90          6.21         6.49         5.79         5.49         5.61
      72           6.56         6.11         6.29         7.16          6.44         6.72         5.94         5.63         5.75
      73           6.73         6.29         6.47         7.43          6.68         6.98         6.09         5.78         5.90
      74           6.90         6.48         6.65         7.71          6.94         7.25         6.24         5.94         6.06
      75           7.08         6.67         6.83         8.02          7.22         7.54         6.41         6.11         6.23
</TABLE>


             These tables are based on an annual interest rate of 3%
                     and the Annuity 2000 Mortality Tables.


Form A3030-99                          20
<PAGE>


                                         ANNUITY OPTION TABLES (CONTINUED)

                                       First Monthly Annuity Benefit Payment
                                     for Each $1,000 of Annuity Value Applied

                                    Joint and Survivor Life Annuity
                                                     Older Age

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    50      55       60       65       70       75      80
<S>          <C>                    <C>     <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>
Y            50                     3.53    3.61     3.68     3.73     3.76     3.79    3.80
O            55                             3.77     3.88     3.97     4.04     4.08    4.11
U            60                                      4.10     4.25     4.36     4.45    4.50
N            65                                               4.55     4.74     4.90    5.01
G            70                                                        5.16     5.43    5.64
E            75                                                                 6.02    6.41
R            80                                                                         7.25

A
G
E
</TABLE>


                                    Joint and Two-Thirds Survivor Life Annuity
                                                      Older Age
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                    50      55       60       65       70       75      80
<S>          <C>                    <C>     <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>
Y            50                     3.80    3.93     4.09     4.25     4.43     4.61    4.80
O            55                             4.11     4.29     4.49     4.70     4.91    5.13
U            60                                      4.53     4.77     5.02     5.29    5.55
N            65                                               5.09     5.42     5.75    6.07
G            70                                                        5.88     6.31    6.75
E            75                                                                 6.99    7.59
R            80                                                                         8.58

A
G
E
</TABLE>

                These tables are based on an annual interest rate of 3%
                        and the Annuity 2000 Mortality Table


Form A3030-99                          21
<PAGE>

                     First Monthly Annuity Benefit Payment
                    for Each $1,000 of Annuity Value Applied

                 Number of Years                    Variable or Certain Annuity
                                                    for a Certain Period

                 5                                           17.91

                 10                                          9.61

                 15                                          6.87

                 20                                          5.51

                 25                                          4.71

                 30                                          4.18



              These tables are based on an annual interest rate of 3%
                       and the Annuity 2000 Mortality Tables.


Form A3030-99                          22
<PAGE>

                                                 GENERAL PROVISIONS

Entire Contract                     The entire contract consists of this
                                    contract, any application attached at issue,
                                    riders, Specifications pages and
                                    endorsements.

Misstatement of Age                 If the age or sex of an individual is
or Sex                              misstated, the Company will adjust all
                                    benefits payable to that which would be
                                    available at the correct age or sex. Any
                                    underpayments already made by the Company
                                    will be paid immediately. Any overpayments
                                    will be deducted from future annuity
                                    benefits payments.

Failure to Notify Company
of Annuitant Death                  After the Annuity Date and once notified of
                                    the Annuitant's death, the Company reserves
                                    the right to recover any overpaid annuity
                                    benefit payments.

Modifications                       Only the President or Vice President of the
                                    Company may modify or waive any provisions
                                    of this contract. Agents or Brokers are not
                                    authorized to do so.

Incontestability                    The Company cannot challenge the validity of
                                    this contract after it has been in force for
                                    more than two years from the date of issue.

Change of Annuity Date              The Owner may change the Annuity Date by
                                    Request at any time after the issue date.
                                    The request must be received at the
                                    Principal Office at least one month before
                                    the new Annuity Date.  To the extent
                                    permitted by applicable laws, rules and
                                    regulations governing variable annuities,
                                    the new Annuity Date must be no later than
                                    the Maximum Alternative Annuity Date shown
                                    on the Specifications page.

Minimums                            All values and benefits available under this
                                    contract equal or exceed those required by
                                    the State in which the contract is
                                    delivered.

Annual Report                       The Company will furnish an annual report
                                    to the Owner containing a statement of
                                    the number and value of Accumulation
                                    Units credited to the Sub-Accounts, the
                                    value of the Fixed Account and the Guarantee
                                    Period Accounts and any other information
                                    required by applicable law, rules and
                                    regulations.

Addition, Deletion, or              The Company reserves the right, subject to
Substitution of Investments         compliance with applicable  law, to add to,
                                    delete from, or substitute for the shares
                                    of a Fund that are held by the Sub-Accounts
                                    or that the Sub-Accounts may purchase. The
                                    Company also reserves the right to eliminate
                                    the shares of any Fund no longer available
                                    for investment or if the Company believes
                                    further investment in the Fund is no
                                    longer appropriate for the purposes of
                                    the Sub-Accounts.


Form A3030-99                          23
<PAGE>

                                    The Company will not substitute shares
                                    attributable to any interest in a
                                    Sub-Account without notice to the Owner and
                                    prior approval of the Securities and
                                    Exchange Commission as required by the
                                    Investment Company Act of 1940. This will
                                    not prevent the Variable Account from
                                    purchasing other securities for other series
                                    or classes of contracts, or from permitting
                                    a conversion between series or classes of
                                    contracts on the basis of requests made by
                                    Owners.

                                    The Company reserves the right, subject to
                                    compliance with applicable laws, to
                                    establish additional Separate Accounts,
                                    Guarantee Period Accounts and Sub-Accounts
                                    and to make them available to any class or
                                    series of contracts as the Company considers
                                    appropriate. Each new Separate Account or
                                    Sub-Account will invest in a new investment
                                    company, or in shares of another open-end
                                    investment company, or such other
                                    investments as may be permitted under
                                    applicable law. The Company also reserves
                                    the right to eliminate or combine existing
                                    Sub-Accounts and to transfer the assets of
                                    any Sub-Accounts to any other Sub-Accounts.
                                    In the event of any substitution or change,
                                    the Company may, by appropriate notice, make
                                    such changes in this and other contracts as
                                    may be necessary or appropriate to reflect
                                    the substitution or change. If the Company
                                    considers it to be in the best interests of
                                    the owners, the Variable Account or any
                                    Sub-Account may be operated as a management
                                    company under the Investment Company Act of
                                    1940 or in any other form permitted by law,
                                    or may be de-registered under the Act in the
                                    event registration is no longer required, or
                                    may be combined with other accounts of the
                                    Company.

Changes in Law                      The Company reserves the right to make any
                                    changes to provisions of the contract to
                                    comply with, or give Owners the benefit of,
                                    any federal or State statute, rule, or
                                    regulation.

Change of Name                      Subject to compliance with applicable law,
                                    the Company reserves the right to change
                                    the names of the Variable Account or the
                                    Sub-Accounts.

Federal Tax                         The Variable Account is not currently
Considersations                     subject to tax, but the Company reserves the
                                    right to assess a charge for taxes if the
                                    Variable Account becomes subject to tax.

Splitting of Units                  The Company reserves the right to split
                                    the value of a unit, either to increase or
                                    decrease the number of units. Any
                                    splitting of units will have no material
                                    effect on the benefits, provisions or
                                    investment return of this contract or upon
                                    the Owner, the Annuitant, any Beneficiary,
                                    or the Company.


Form A3030-99                          24
<PAGE>

Insulation of Separate              The investment performance of Separate
Account                             Account assets is determined separately
                                    from the other assets of the Company.  The
                                    assets of a Separate Account equal to the
                                    reserves and liabilities of the contracts
                                    supported by the account will not be
                                    charged with liabilities from any other
                                    business that the Company may conduct.














Form A3030-99                          25
<PAGE>























           Flexible Payment Deferred Variable and Fixed Annuity
           Annuity Benefit Payments Payable on the Annuity Date

   Death Benefit Payable to Beneficiary if Owner Dies prior to Annuity Date
                              Non-Participating





Form A3030-99                          26

<PAGE>

                                 SPECIFICATIONS

<TABLE>
<S>                               <C>
Contract Type:[Non Qualified]     Contract Number:[00000000000]
Issue Date:[04/01/1999]           Annuity Date:[10/01/2025]
                                  (Must be at least [2] years after issue date)

Owner:[John Doe]                  Owner Date of Birth:[10/25/1960]
Joint Owner:[Jack Doe]            Joint Owner Date of Birth:[07/12/1960]

Annuitant:[Mary Doe]              Annuitant Date of Birth:[03/19/1945]
Joint Annuitant:[Michael Doe]     Joint Annuitant Date of Birth:[08/20/1954]

Annuitant Sex:[Female]            Beneficiary(ies):
Joint Annuitant Sex:[Male]        Primary: Surviving Joint Owner, if any
                                  1st Contingent:[Michael Doe]
                                  2nd Contingent:[Jack Doe]


Payment Credit Percentage:        [No less than 5% of each payment under $x]
                                  [No less than 5% of each payment equal to or over $x]

Minimum Fixed Account             Minimum Additional Payment
Guaranteed Interest Rate:[3%]     Amount:[$100.00]

Guarantee Period Account          Guarantee Period Account
Minimum Interest Rate:[3%]        Minimum Allocation Amount:[$1,000.00]

Minimum Withdrawal                Minimum Accumulated Value
Amount:[$100.00]                  After Withdrawal:[$1,000.00]

Minimum Annuity                   Maximum Alternative Annuity Date:[04/01/2045]
Benefit Payment:[$50.00]          (Must be at least [2] years after the issue date)
</TABLE>

Surrender Charge Table:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             Years From                  Surrender Charge as a
                           Date of Payment         Percent of the Payments Withdrawn
                      To Date of Withdrawal
                   <S>                             <C>
                           [Less than: 1                        8 1/2%
                                       2                        8 1/2%
                                       3                        8 1/2%
                                       4                        8 1/2%
                                       5                        7 1/2%
                                       6                        6 1/2%
                                       7                        5 1/2%
                                       8                        3 1/2%
                                       9                        1 1/2%
                              Thereafter                        0%""]
</TABLE>

Withdrawal Without Surrender Charge Percentage:"[15% of Gross Payment Base]
Mortality and Expense Risk Charge:"[1.25%] on an annual basis of the daily
value of the Sub-Account assets.
Administrative Charge:"[1.5%] on an annual basis of the daily value of the
Sub-Account assets.
Contract Fee:"[$35, if the Accumulated Value is less than $75,000.00. Waived
for 401(k)s.]
Principal Office:"440 Lincoln St, Worcester, Massachusetts 01653. ({PROD PHONE})


FORM A8028-99                    3                  {JURISDICTION}({FORM PROD})
<PAGE>

                    SPECIFICATIONS (CONTINUED)

Owner:[John Doe]                         Contract Number:[00000000000]

Joint Owner:[Jack Doe]

Initial Payment:[$25,000.00]

Payment Allocation: (The Initial Payment is allocated in the following manner:)

               Variable Sub-Accounts:
               ----------------------
[Select Emerging Markets                Select Gr. & Inc.
Select Int'l Equity                     Fidelity VIP Eq. Inc.
T. Rowe Price Int'l                     Fidelity VIP High Inc.
Select Aggr. Growth                     Select Income
Select Capital Appr.
Select Value Opp.                       Allmerica Money Market]
Select Growth
Select Strategic Gr.
Fidelity VIP Growth


                  Fixed Account
                  -------------


FORM A8028-99                          4

<PAGE>

                           SPECIFICATIONS (CONTINUED)

Owner:[John Doe]                           Contract Number:[00000000000]

Joint Owner:[Jack Doe]


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
           Guarantee Period Accounts
           -------------------------

                                                     Guarantee        Interest Expiration
                                                     "Period"   Rate  "Date
                                                     --------   ----  -----
           <S>                                       <C>        <C>   <C>
           [`2 years
            "3 years
            "4 years
            "5 years
            "6 years
            "7 years
            "8 years
            "9 years
            10 years]
             ----
                             100%                        TOTAL
</TABLE>


FORM A8028-99                           5
<PAGE>

                           SPECIFICATIONS (CONTINUED)


Owner:[John Doe]                          Contract Number:[00000000000]

Joint Owner:[Jack Doe]


RIDER(S) SELECTED:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
[Enhanced Death Benefit Rider:]
<S>                                       <C>
                                          [EDB Effective Annual Yield        [5%]]
                                          [EDB Charge:     [.25%] on an annual basis of the
                                          Accumulated Value of the contract deducted Pro Rata
                                          on the last day of each contract month]

[Minimum Guaranteed Annuity Payout Rider:]

                                          [M-GAP Effective Date:    04/01/1999
                                          M-GAP Waiting Period:     [10] years
                                          M-GAP Effective Annual Yield:      [5%]
                                          M-GAP Annual Rider Charge:[x%]]

[Guaranteed Principal Protection Rider:]

                                          [GPP Effective Date:      04/01/1999
                                          GPP Waiting Period:       [10] years
                                          GPP Principal Protection Rate:     [100%]
                                          GPP Annual Rider Charge:  [x%]]
</TABLE>


                  Accounts:

[Select Emerging Markets                  Select Gr. & Inc.
Select Int'l Equity                       Fidelity VIP Eq. Inc.
T. Rowe Price Int'l                       Fidelity VIP High Inc.
Select Aggr. Growth                       Select Income
Select Capital Appr.
Select Value Opp.                         Allmerica Money Market]
Select Growth
Select Strategic Gr.
Fidelity VIP Growth



FORM A8028-99                          6
<PAGE>


                           SPECIFICATIONS (SUPPLEMENT)


<TABLE>
<S>                                          <C>
Contract Type:[Non Qualified]                Contract Number:[0000000000]

Owner:[John Doe]                             Owner Date of Birth:[10/25/1960]
Joint Owner:[Jack Doe]                       Joint Owner Date of Birth:[07/12/1960]

Annuitant:[Mary Doe]                         Annuitant Date of Birth:[03/19/1945]
Joint Annuitant:[Michael Doe]                Joint Annuitant Date of Birth:[08/20/1954]

Annuitant Sex:[Female]                       Beneficiary(ies):
Joint Annuitant Sex:[Male]                   Primary:Surviving Joint Owner, if any
                                             1st Contingent:[Michael Doe]
                                             2nd Contingent:[Jack Doe]

Payee:                                       [John Doe]
Payee Address:                               [1 Main St, Anywhere, USA  00000]

Annuity Date:                                        [07/06/1999]
Expiration of 90-Day Period:                         [10/06/1999]

Annuity Benefit Payment Option:                      [Joint with 2/3 Survivor Option]
                                                     Survivor Annuity Benefit Percentage:
                                                     [66 2/3%]
                                                     Percentage under a Fixed Annuity Option: [30%]
                                                     Percentage under a Variable Annuity Option:[70%]
                                                     Assumed Investment Return:[4%]
                                                     Annuity Benefit Payment Change Frequency:
                                                                  [Annual, beginning on 07/07/2000]
                                                     Annuity Benefit Frequency:[Monthly,
                                                     Quarterly, Semi-annual, Annual]
</TABLE>

      Variable Allocation on Annuity Date:

             "Sub-Accounts
             -------------

                [Select Emerging Markets            Select Gr. & Inc.
                Select Int'l Equity                 Fidelity VIP Eq. Inc.
                T. Rowe Price Int'l                 Fidelity VIP High Inc.
                Select Aggr. Growth                 Select Income
                Select Capital Appr.
                Select Value Opp.                   Allmerica Money Market]
                Select Growth
                Select Strategic Gr.
                Fidelity VIP Growth

FORM A8028-99                         3A

<PAGE>


                           SPECIFICATIONS (SUPPLEMENT)

<TABLE>
       <S>                                           <C>
       [Variable Annuitization Rider:]

       "[Payment Rachet:

                                                      APR Maximum Benefit Increase
                                                      Percentage:       [x%]

       "[Payment Floor:

                                                      MAF Amount:       [$xxx]

                                                Amount of First Monthly Annuity Benefit
                                                Payment:[$xxx]
</TABLE>

[Without the rider, the first monthly annuity benefit payment would have been
$xxx]

<TABLE>
<S>                                      <C>
Payment Withdrawal Amount:               [[x] times the previous annuity benefit payment but not more than the
                                         remaining guaranteed annuity benefit payments.]

Present Value Withdrawal Amount:         [[x%] of Present Value of remaining guaranteed annuity payments.]

Mortality and Expense Risk Charge:       [1.25%]on an annual basis of the daily value of the Sub-Account assets.

Administrative Charge:                   [.15%]on an annual basis of the daily value of the Sub-Account assets.

Principal Office:                        440 Lincoln Street, Worcester, Massachusetts 01653. ({PROD PHONE})
</TABLE>

FORM A8028-99                           4A

<PAGE>

            ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY

                     ENHANCED DEATH BENEFIT "EDB" RIDER

OVERVIEW:

The EDB Rider ("Rider") is an optional rider the Owner has selected.  It
provides an enhanced Death Benefit, which guarantees [5%] growth and provides
a ratchet.

APPLICABILITY:

The Rider is made a part of the contract to which it is attached and is
effective on the issue date.

BENEFIT:

The "Death Benefit" provision on [page XX] of the contract is replaced by the
following:

I.    If an Owner, or an Annuitant if the Owner is a non-natural person, dies
      before the Annuity Date and before his/her [90th birthday, the Death
      Benefit will be the greatest of:

           (a)  the Accumulated Value on the Effective Valuation Date increased
                for any positive Market Value Adjustment ("MVA");

           (b)  gross payments accumulated daily at the "EDB Effective Annual
                Yield" shown on the Specifications page, starting on the
                Effective Valuation Date of each gross payment and ending on
                the date of death, proportionately reduced for subsequent
                withdrawals; and

           (c)  the highest Accumulated Value on any contract anniversary prior
                to the date of death, as determined after being increased for
                any positive MVA and subsequent payments and proportionately
                reduced for subsequent withdrawals.

II.    If an Owner, or an Annuitant if the Owner is a non-natural person, dies
       before the Annuity Date but after his/her [90th   birthday, the death
       benefit will be the greater of:

           (a)  the Accumulated Value on the Effective Valuation Date increased
                for any positive MVA; or

           (b)  the Death Benefit, as calculated under Section I, that would
                have been payable on the contract anniversary prior to the
                deceased's [90th birthday, increased for subsequent payments
                and proportionately reduced for subsequent withdrawals.

PROPORTIONATE REDUCTION:

Sections I(b), I(c) and II(b) refer to a proportionate reduction.  This
proportionate reduction is calculated by multiplying the (b) or (c) value,
whichever is applicable, determined immediately prior to the withdrawal by
the following:

                           Amount of the withdrawal
                           ------------------------
       Accumulated Value determined immediately prior to the withdrawal

FORM 3263-99

<PAGE>

CHARGE FOR BENEFIT:

While this Rider is in effect, the Company will assess the EDB Charge (see
the Specifications page).

TERMINATION:

This Rider will terminate on the earliest of the following:

           (a)  the Annuity Date;

           (b)  when a Death Benefit is payable and the contract is not
                continued under a spousal takeover; or

           (c)  surrender of the contract.




                                   Signed for the Company at Dover, Delaware


<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                       <C>
PIONEER NO-LOAD                            ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY COMPANY
VARIABLE ANNUITY APPLICATION                              440 LINCOLN STREET, WORCESTER, MA 01653

                     PLEASE PRINT CLEARLY

1 OWNER

- -------------------------------------------------------------           ----------------------------------
First Name, Middle Initial, Last Name                                   Social Security Number

                                                                          /      /
- -------------------------------------------------------------           ----------------------------------
Address                                                                 Date of Birth/Trust

                                                                        / /Male   / /Female   / /Trust
- -------------------------------------------------------------
City, State, Zip
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
2 JOINT OWNER (If any)

                                                                    /    /           / /Male  / /Female
- -------------------------------   -----------------------       -----------------
Name                              Social Security Number          Date of Birth
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
3 ANNUITANT (Complete only if different from the Owner in Section 1)

                                                                    /    /           / /Male  / /Female
- -------------------------------   -----------------------       -----------------
Name                              Social Security Number          Date of Birth
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4 JOINT ANNUITANT (If any)

                                                                    /    /           / /Male  / /Female
- -------------------------------   -----------------------       -----------------
Name                              Social Security Number          Date of Birth
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5 BENEFICIARY(IES) For Joint Owners, surviving Owner is always Primary beneficiary. If beneficiary is a trust,
                    provide date of trust.

Primary
            ---------------------------------------------     --------------------------------------------
            Name                                              Relationship to Owner
Contingent
            ---------------------------------------------     --------------------------------------------
            Name                                              Relationship to Owner
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
6 TYPE OF PLAN    *Additional forms required
  / / Nonqualified                  / / IRA TAX YEAR _____         / / Roth IRA TAX YEAR _____
  / / Nonqualified Deferred Comp.   / / IRA Rollover               / / Roth IRA Rollover/Conversion
  / / 457 Deferred Compensation*    / / IRA Transfer               / / SEP-IRA* TAX YEAR _____
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7 ALLOCATION OF PURCHASE PAYMENTS        Make check payable to Allmerica Financial
  Please allocate my purchase payment of $______________ as follows:
   _____% Emerging Markets        _____% Growth Shares        _____% Balanced            _____% Money Market
   _____% International Growth    _____% Real Estate Growth   _____% Swiss Franc Bond    _____% ____________
   _____% Europe                  _____% Growth and Income    _____% Strategic Income    _____% Fixed Account
   _____% Capital Growth          _____% Equity-Income        _____% America Income
  Guarantee Period Accounts (GPAs) ($1,000 min.) Not available in Maryland, Oregon and Pennsylvania.
   _____% 2 Year                  _____% 5 Year               _____% 8 Year
   _____% 3 Year                  _____% 6 Year               _____% 9 Year
   _____% 4 Year                  _____% 7 Year               _____% 10 Year

       ALL ALLOCATIONS ABOVE (TO VARIABLE, FIXED AND GUARANTEE PERIOD ACCOUNTS) MUST TOTAL 100%.
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 / / I elect the BUILD WITH INTEREST & GROWTH (BIG) PLAN. Allocate part of my purchase payment to the ____ year
     GPA such that, at the end of the Guarantee Period, the GPA value is equal to my purchase payment. The
     remaining balance will be allocated as indicated above.
 / / I elect AUTOMATIC ACCOUNT REBALANCING (AAR) among the above variable accounts: / /Monthly / /Quarterly
                                                                              / /Semi-annually / / Annually
 / / I elect DOLLAR COST AVERAGING (DCA) (not available with AAR) from: / /Fixed Account  / /America Income
                                                                        / / Money Market
 $___________________ Total amount per transfer / /Monthly / /Quarterly / /Semi-annually / /Annually
    Percent     or   Dollar amount    Transferred to (write in variable account name)
   _________%       $ ______________  ________________________________________
   _________%       $ ______________  ________________________________________
   _________%       $ ______________  ________________________________________   DCA into the Fixed or
   _________%       $ ______________  ________________________________________   Guarantee Period Accounts
   _________%       $ ______________  ________________________________________   is not available.

SML-1517

<PAGE>

8 OPTIONAL RIDERS
  / /Enhanced Death Benefit: / /(1) 7% yield on amount invested / /(2) Highest contract anniversary account value
                             / /(3) Both (1) & (2)
  / /Minimum Guaranteed Annuity Payout (M-GAP) / /10 year   / /15 year
  / /Guaranteed Principal Protection           / /10 year   / /15 year
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
9 REPLACEMENT
Will the proposed contract replace or change any existing annuity or life insurance policy?
  / / No  / /Yes (if yes, list company name and policy number) _________________________________________________
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10 TELEPHONE AUTHORIZATION
   I/We authorize and direct Allmerica Financial to accept telephone instructions from any person who can furnish proper
   identification to effect transfers, future payment allocation changes and obtain values. Neither Allmerica Financial nor
   its affiliates and their collective directors, officers, employee and agents will be responsible for any claim arising
   from such action if Allmerica Financial acted on instructions in good faith and in reliance on this authorization.
   / / I/WE DO NOT accept this telephone privilege.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
11. SYSTEMATIC WITHDRAWALS     Not available from Guarantee Period Accounts.
    Begin withdrawals: later of 15 days after issue or  _____/____/________
    Amount: / / _______% of purchase payment
            / /$_______ per frequency
    Frequency: / /Monthly / /Quarterly  / /Semi-annually  / /Annually
    Withdraw:  / /Pro rata from all accounts or
               ________% from _______________________________ ________% from _______________________________
               ________% from _______________________________ ________% from _______________________________
    Tax Withholding:  / / Do NOT Withhold Federal Income Taxes  / /Do Withhold at 10% or __________ (% or $)
    Direct Deposit:   / / Check here for Electronic Funds Transfer (Direct Deposit). I authorize the Company to correct
                          electronically any overpayments or erroneous credits made to my account. ATTACH A VOIDED CHECK.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12 REMARKS

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   NOTICE TO ARKANSAS/NEW JERSEY/OHIO RESIDENTS ONLY: "Any person who includes any false or misleading information on an
   application for an insurance policy/certificate is subject to criminal and civil penalties." NOTICE TO
   COLORADO/KENTUCKY/MAINE/NEW MEXICO/PENN-SYLVANIA RESIDENTS ONLY: "Any person who, knowingly and with intent to
   defraud any insurance company or other person, files an application for insurance or statement of claim containing
   any materially false information or conceals for the purpose of misleading, information concerning any fact material
   thereto commits a fraudulent insurance act, which is a crime and subjects such person to criminal and civil
   penalties." NOTICE TO FLORIDA RESIDENTS ONLY: "Any person who, knowingly and with intent to injure, defraud, or
   deceive any insurer, files a statement of claim or an application containing any false, incomplete or misleading
   information is guilty of a felony of the third degree."
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
13 SIGNATURES
   I/We represent to the best of my/our knowledge and belief that the statements made in this application are true and
   complete. I/We agree to all terms and conditions as shown on the front and back. It is indicated and agreed that the
   only statements which are to be construed as the basis of the contract are those contained in this application. I/We
   acknowledge receipt of a current prospectus describing the contract applied for. If IRA, Roth, or SEP-IRA
   application, I/we received a Disclosure Buyers Guide. I/WE UNDERSTAND THAT ALL PAYMENTS AND VALUES BASED ON THE
   VARIABLE ACCOUNTS MAY FLUCTUATE AND ARE NOT GUARANTEED AS TO DOLLAR AMOUNT; AND ALL PAYMENTS AND VALUES BASED ON THE
   GUARANTEE PERIOD ACCOUNTS ARE SUBJECT TO A MARKET VALUE ADJUSTMENT FORMULA (IF APPLICABLE), THE OPERATION OF WHICH
   MAY RESULT IN EITHER AN UPWARD OR DOWNWARD ADJUSTMENT.

   -------------------------------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------------------
   Signature of Owner                                                Signature of Joint Owner
   -------------------------------------------------------------   ----------------------------------------------------
   Signed at (City and State)                                           Date
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
14 REGISTERED REPRESENTATIVE/DEALER INFORMATION
   Does the contract applied for replace an existing annuity or life insurance policy? _ YES (ATTACH REPLACEMENT FORMS
   AS REQUIRED) _ No I certify that the information provided by the owner(s) has been accurately recorded; a current
   prospectus was delivered; no written sales materials other than those approved by the Principal Office were used; and
   I have reasonable grounds to believe the purchase of the contract applied for is suitable for the owner(s).

   -----------------------------------------    -----------------------------   ---------------   ------------------------
   Signature of Registered Representative       Social Security #    FL LIC #      TR Code        Telephone

   -----------------------------------------    -----------------------------   ------------------------------------------
   Printed Name of Registered Representative    B/D Client Account #            Printed Name of Broker/Dealer

   -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------   --------------------------------
   Branch office Street Address for Contract Delivery                                      Telephone

SML-1517                                                                                               0399-6385
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

                                POWER OF ATTORNEY

We, the undersigned, hereby severally constitute and appoint Richard M. Reilly,
John F. Kelly, Joseph W. MacDougall, Jr., and Sheila B. St. Hilaire, and each of
them singly, our true and lawful attorneys, with full power to them and each of
them, to sign for us, and in our names and in any and all capacities, any and
all Registration Statements and all amendments thereto, including post-effective
amendments, with respect to the Separate Accounts supporting variable life and
variable annuity contracts issued by Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and
Annuity Company, and to file the same with all exhibits thereto, and other
documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission,
and with any other regulatory agency or state authority that may so require,
granting unto said attorneys and each of them, acting alone, full power and
authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary
to be done in the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she
might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said
attorneys or any of them may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Witness our hands on the date set forth below.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Signature                        Title                                              Date
- ---------                        -----                                              ----

<S>                              <C>                                                <C>
/s/ John F. O'Brien              Director and Chairman of the Board                 7/1/99
- --------------------------                                                          ------
John F. O'Brien

/s/ Bruce C. Anderson            Director                                           7/1/99
- --------------------------                                                          ------
Bruce C. Anderson

                                 Director and Chief Information Officer             7/1/99
- --------------------------                                                          ------
Robert E. Bruce

/s/ John P. Kavanaugh            Director, Vice President and                       7/1/99
- --------------------------       Chief Investment Officer                           ------
John P. Kavanaugh

/s/ John F. Kelly                Director, Vice President and                       7/1/99
- --------------------------       General Counsel                                    ------
John F. Kelly

/s/ J. Barry May                 Director                                           7/1/99
- --------------------------                                                          ------
J. Barry May

                                 Director                                           7/1/99
- --------------------------                                                          ------
James R. McAuliffe

/s/ Edward J. Parry, III         Director, Vice President, Chief Financial          7/1/99
- --------------------------       Officer and Treasurer                              ------
Edward J. Parry, III

/s/ Richard M. Reilly            Director, President and                            7/1/99
- --------------------------       Chief Executive Officer                            ------
Richard M. Reilly

                                 Director                                           7/1/99
- --------------------------                                                          ------
Robert P. Restrepo, Jr.

/s/ Eric A. Simonsen             Director and Vice President                        7/1/99
- --------------------------                                                          ------
Eric A. Simonsen

/s/ Phillip E. Soule             Director                                           7/1/99
- --------------------------                                                          ------
Phillip E. Soule
</TABLE>


<PAGE>


                                       November 1, 1999

Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and Annuity Company
440 Lincoln Street
Worcester, MA 01653

RE:  SEPARATE ACCOUNT VA-P OF ALLMERICA FINANCIAL LIFE INSURANCE AND ANNUITY
     COMPANY

Gentlemen:

In my capacity as Assistant Vice President and Counsel of Allmerica Financial
Life Insurance and Annuity Company (the "Company"), I have participated in
the preparation of this initial Registration Statement for Separate Account
VA-P on Form N-4 under the Securities Act of 1933 and amendment under the
Investment Company Act of 1940, with respect to the Company's qualified and
non-qualified variable annuity contracts.

I am of the following opinion:

1.  Separate Account VA-P is a separate account of the Company validly
    existing pursuant to the Delaware Insurance Code and the regulations issued
    thereunder.

2.  The assets held in Separate Account VA-P are not chargeable with
    liabilities arising out of any other business the Company may conduct.

3.  The variable annuity contracts, when issued in accordance with the
    Prospectus contained in the initial Registration Statement and upon
    compliance with applicable local law, will be legal and binding obligations
    of the Company in accordance with their terms and when sold will be legally
    issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

In arriving at the foregoing opinion, I have made such examination of law and
examined such records and other documents as in my judgment are necessary or
appropriate.

I hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to this initial
Registration Statement for Separate Account VA-P on Form N-4 filed under the
Securities Act of 1933 and amendment under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

                                       Very truly yours,

                                       /s/ John C. Donlon, Jr.

                                       John C. Donlon, Jr.
                                       Assistant Vice President and Counsel


<PAGE>

                      CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

We hereby consent to the use in the Statement of Additional Information
constituting part of this initial Registration Statement of Separate Account
VA-P of Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and Annuity Company on Form N-4 of
our report dated February 2, 1999, except for paragraph 2 of Note 12, which
is as of March 19, 1999, relating to the financial statements of Allmerica
Financial Life Insurance and Annuity Company, and our report dated March 26,
1999, relating to the financial statements of Separate Account VA-P of
Allmerica Financial Life Insurance and Annuity Company, both of which appear
in such Statement of Additional Information.  We also consent to the
reference to us under the heading "Experts" in such Statement of Additional
Information.

/s/ PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Boston, Massachusetts
November 5, 1999


<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PIONEER NO LOAD - AFLIAC           Since Inception of Underlying Portfolio
                                   1 Year With Surrender
<S>                                 <C>                                              <C>   <C>
Emerging Markets Portfolio                                                                  N/A
Europe Portfolio                                                                            N/A
International Growth Portfolio     ((0.960515-1.000000)/1.000000)-.002692            =    -4.22%
Capital Growth Portfolio           ((0.953561-1.000000)/1.000000)-.002692            =    -4.91%
Growth Shares Portfolio            ((1.317388-1.000000)/1.000000)-.002692            =    31.47%
Real Estate Growth Portfolio       ((0.807315-1.000000)/1.000000)-.002692            =   -19.54%
Growth and Income Portfolio        ((1.253007-1.000000)/1.000000)-.002692            =    25.03%
Equity-Income Portfolio            ((1.210087-1.000000)/1.000000)-.002692            =    20.74%
Balanced Portfolio                 ((1.019729-1.000000)/1.000000)-.002692            =     1.70%
Swiss Franc Bond Portfolio         ((1.087686-1.000000)/1.000000)-.002692            =     8.50%
Strategic Income Portfolio                                                                  N/A
America Income Portfolio           ((1.074472-1.000000)/1.000000)-.002692            =     7.18%
Money Market Portfolio             ((1.039997-1.000000)/1.000000)-.002692            =     3.73%


<CAPTION>
                                    Since Inception of Underlying Portfolio
                                    5 Years With Surrender
<S>                                 <C>                                              <C>   <C>
Emerging Markets Portfolio                                                                  N/A
Europe Portfolio                                                                            N/A
International Growth Portfolio                                                              N/A
Capital Growth Portfolio                                                                    N/A
Growth Shares Portfolio                                                                     N/A
Real Estate Growth Portfolio                                                                N/A
Growth and Income Portfolio                                                                 N/A
Equity-Income Portfolio                                                                     N/A
Balanced Portfolio                                                                          N/A
Swiss Franc Bond Portfolio                                                                  N/A
Strategic Income Portfolio                                                                  N/A
America Income Portfolio                                                                    N/A
Money Market Portfolio                                                                      N/A

<CAPTION>
                                    Since Inception of Underlying Portfolio
                                    10 Years or Since Inception With Surrender
<S>                                 <C>                                              <C>   <C>
Emerging Markets Portfolio          ((1.047821/1.000000)-1)-.002692                  =     4.51%
Europe Portfolio                    ((1.058809/1.000000)-1)-.002692                  =     5.61%
International Growth Portfolio      (((1.184773/1.000000)/(365/1401))-1)-.002692     =     4.25%
Capital Growth Portfolio            (((1.572356/1.000000)/(365/1401))-1)-.002692     =    12.24%
Growth Shares Portfolio             (((1.344832/1.000000)/(365/426))-1)-.002692      =    28.63%
Real Estate Growth Portfolio        (((1.510205/1.000000)/(365/1371))-1)-.002692     =    11.33%
Growth and Income Portfolio         (((1.318616/1.000000)/(365/426))-1)-.002692      =    26.47%
Equity-Income Portfolio             (((2.286878/1.000000)/(365/1401))-1)-.002692     =    23.78%
Balanced Portfolio                  (((1.625227/1.000000)/(365/1401))-1)-.002692     =    13.22%
Swiss Franc Bond Portfolio          (((0.893839/1.000000)/(365/1156))-1)-.002692     =    -3.75%
Strategic Income Portfolio                                                                  N/A
America Income Portfolio            (((1.224596/1.000000)/(365/1401))-1)-.002692     =     5.15%
Money Market Portfolio              (((1.165011/1.000000)/(365/1401))-1)-.002692     =     3.79%
</TABLE>


<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
PIONEER NO LOAD - AFLIAC           Since Inception of Underlying Portfolio
                                   1 Year Without Surrender
<S>                                 <C>                                              <C>   <C>
Emerging Markets Portfolio                                                                  N/A
Europe Portfolio                                                                            N/A
International Growth Portfolio     (0.960515-1.000000)/1.000000                      =    -3.95%
Capital Growth Portfolio           (0.953561-1.000000)/1.000000                      =    -4.64%
Growth Shares Portfolio            (1.317388-1.000000)/1.000000                      =    31.74%
Real Estate Growth Portfolio       (0.807315-1.000000)/1.000000                      =   -19.27%
Growth and Income Portfolio        (1.253007-1.000000)/1.000000                      =    25.30%
Equity-Income Portfolio            (1.210087-1.000000)/1.000000                      =    21.01%
Balanced Portfolio                 (1.019729-1.000000)/1.000000                      =     1.97%
Swiss Franc Bond Portfolio         (1.087686-1.000000)/1.000000                      =     8.77%
Strategic Income Portfolio                                                                  N/A
America Income Portfolio           (1.074472-1.000000)/1.000000                      =     7.45%
Money Market Portfolio             (1.039997-1.000000)/1.000000                      =     4.00%


<CAPTION>
                                   Since Inception of Underlying Portfolio
                                   5 Years Without Surrender
<S>                                 <C>                                              <C>   <C>
Emerging Markets Portfolio                                                                  N/A
Europe Portfolio                                                                            N/A
International Growth Portfolio                                                              N/A
Capital Growth Portfolio                                                                    N/A
Growth Shares Portfolio                                                                     N/A
Real Estate Growth Portfolio                                                                N/A
Growth and Income Portfolio                                                                 N/A
Equity-Income Portfolio                                                                     N/A
Balanced Portfolio                                                                          N/A
Swiss Franc Bond Portfolio                                                                  N/A
Strategic Income Portfolio                                                                  N/A
America Income Portfolio                                                                    N/A
Money Market Portfolio                                                                      N/A


<CAPTION>
                                   Since Inception of Underlying Portfolio
                                   10 Years or Since Inception Without Surrender
<S>                                 <C>                                              <C>   <C>
Emerging Markets Portfolio         ((1.047821/1.000000)/(1))-1                       =     4.78%
Europe Portfolio                   ((1.058809/1.000000)/(1))-1                       =     5.88%
International Growth Portfolio     ((1.184773/1.000000)/(365/1401))-1                =     4.52%
Capital Growth Portfolio           ((1.572356/1.000000)/(365/1401))-1                =    12.51%
Growth Shares Portfolio            ((1.344832/1.000000)/(365/426))-1                 =    28.90%
Real Estate Growth Portfolio       ((1.510205/1.000000)/(365/1371))-1                =    11.60%
Growth and Income Portfolio        ((1.318616/1.000000)/(365/426))-1                 =    26.74%
Equity-Income Portfolio            ((2.286878/1.000000)/(365/1401))-1                =    24.05%
Balanced Portfolio                 ((1.625227/1.000000)/(365/1401))-1                =    13.49%
Swiss Franc Bond Portfolio         ((0.893839/1.000000)/(365/1156))-1                =    -3.48%
Strategic Income Portfolio                                                                  N/A
America Income Portfolio           ((1.224596/1.000000)/(365/1401))-1                =     5.42%
Money Market Portfolio             ((1.165011/1.000000)/(365/1401))-1                =     4.06%
</TABLE>



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission